# Official Journal L 213/2014

| | ISSN 1977-0677 |
| --- | --- |
| Official Journal
  of the European Union | L 213 |
| | |
| English edition | Legislation | Volume 5718 July 2014 |

ISSN 1977-0677

Official Journal

of the European Union

L 213

English edition

Legislation

Volume 5718 July 2014

---

| Contents | | II   Non-legislative acts | page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| | | ACTS ADOPTED BY BODIES CREATED BY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS |
| | * | Regulation No 6 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers | 1 |
| | * | Regulation No 37 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and of their trailers | 36 |

Contents

II   Non-legislative acts

page

ACTS ADOPTED BY BODIES CREATED BY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS

*

Regulation No 6 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers

1

*

Regulation No 37 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and of their trailers

36

| EN | Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.
  The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk. |
| --- | --- |

EN

Acts whose titles are printed in light type are those relating to day-to-day management of agricultural matters, and are generally valid for a limited period.

The titles of all other Acts are printed in bold type and preceded by an asterisk.

---

II Non-legislative acts

ACTS ADOPTED BY BODIES CREATED BY INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS

| 18.7.2014 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 213/1 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

18.7.2014

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 213/1

---

Only the original UN/ECE texts have legal effect under international public law. The status and date of entry into force of this Regulation should be checked in the latest version of the UN/ECE status document TRANS/WP.29/343, available at: http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29wgs/wp29gen/wp29fdocstts.html.

Regulation No 6 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of direction indicators for power-driven vehicles and their trailers

Incorporating all valid text up to:

Supplement 25 to the 01 series of amendments — Date of entry into force: 9 October 2014

CONTENTS

| 0. | Scope |
| --- | --- |

0.

| 1. | Definitions |
| --- | --- |

1.

| 2. | Application for approval |
| --- | --- |

2.

| 3. | Markings |
| --- | --- |

3.

| 4. | Approval |
| --- | --- |

4.

| 5. | General specifications |
| --- | --- |

5.

| 6. | Intensity of light emitted |
| --- | --- |

6.

| 7. | Test procedure |
| --- | --- |

7.

| 8. | Colour of light emitted |
| --- | --- |

8.

| 9. | Modifications of a type of direction indicator for motor vehicles and their trailers and extension of approval |
| --- | --- |

9.

| 10. | Conformity of production |
| --- | --- |

10.

| 11. | Penalties for non-conformity of production |
| --- | --- |

11.

| 12. | Production definitely discontinued |
| --- | --- |

12.

| 13. | Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests, and of Type Approval Authorities |
| --- | --- |

13.

| 14. | Transitional provisions |
| --- | --- |

14.

ANNEXES

| 1. | Categories of direction indicators: Minimum angles required for light distribution in space of these categories of direction indicators |
| --- | --- |

1.

| 2. | Communication concerning the approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely discontinued of a type of direction indicator pursuant to Regulation No 6 |
| --- | --- |

2.

| 3. | Examples of arrangements of the approval marks |
| --- | --- |

3.

| 4. | Photometric measurements |
| --- | --- |

4.

| 5. | Minimum requirements for conformity of production control procedures |
| --- | --- |

5.

| 6. | Minimum requirements for sampling by an inspector |
| --- | --- |

6.

0.   SCOPE

This Regulation applies to direction indicators for vehicles of categories L, M, N, O, and T (1).

1

1.   DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Regulation,

| 1.1. | ‘Direction indicator’ means a device mounted on a motor vehicle or trailer which, when operated by the driver, signals the latter’s intention to change the direction in which the vehicle is proceeding. The present Regulation applies solely to fixed-position flashing light devices whose flashing is obtained by the intermittent supply of electric current to the lamp. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

‘Direction indicator’ means a device mounted on a motor vehicle or trailer which, when operated by the driver, signals the latter’s intention to change the direction in which the vehicle is proceeding. The present Regulation applies solely to fixed-position flashing light devices whose flashing is obtained by the intermittent supply of electric current to the lamp.

| 1.2. | The definitions given in Regulation No 48 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval shall apply to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.

The definitions given in Regulation No 48 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval shall apply to this Regulation.

| 1.3. | ‘Direction indicators of different types’ means lamps which differ in such essential respects as:






  (a) | the trade name or mark; |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.3.

‘Direction indicators of different types’ means lamps which differ in such essential respects as:

(a)

the trade name or mark;

| (b) | the characteristics of the optical system (levels of intensity, light distribution angles, category of light source, light source module, etc.); |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the characteristics of the optical system (levels of intensity, light distribution angles, category of light source, light source module, etc.);

| (c) | the category of direction indicator lamps; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the category of direction indicator lamps;

| (d) | the variable intensity control, if any; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the variable intensity control, if any;

| (e) | the sequential activation of light sources, if any. |
| --- | --- |

(e)

the sequential activation of light sources, if any.

A change of the colour of the light source or the colour of any filter does not constitute a change of type.

| 1.4. | References made in this Regulation to standard (étalon) filament lamp(s) and to Regulation No 37 shall refer to Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval.
  References made in this Regulation to standard (étalon) LED light source(s) and to Regulation No 128 shall refer to Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval. |
| --- | --- |

1.4.

References made in this Regulation to standard (étalon) filament lamp(s) and to Regulation No 37 shall refer to Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval.

References made in this Regulation to standard (étalon) LED light source(s) and to Regulation No 128 shall refer to Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval.

2.   APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL

| 2.1. | The application for approval of a type of direction indicator shall be submitted by the holder of the trade name or mark or by his duly accredited representative. It shall specify to which category or to which of the categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6 according to Annex 1, the direction indicator belongs and, if it belongs to category 2, whether it has steady luminous intensity (category 2a) or whether it has variable luminous intensity (category 2b) and if the direction indicator may also be used in an assembly of two lamps of the same category. At the choice of the applicant, it will also specify that the device may be installed on the vehicle with different inclinations of the reference axis in respect to the vehicle reference planes and to the ground or rotate around its reference axis; these different conditions of installation shall be indicated in the communication form. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The application for approval of a type of direction indicator shall be submitted by the holder of the trade name or mark or by his duly accredited representative. It shall specify to which category or to which of the categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6 according to Annex 1, the direction indicator belongs and, if it belongs to category 2, whether it has steady luminous intensity (category 2a) or whether it has variable luminous intensity (category 2b) and if the direction indicator may also be used in an assembly of two lamps of the same category. At the choice of the applicant, it will also specify that the device may be installed on the vehicle with different inclinations of the reference axis in respect to the vehicle reference planes and to the ground or rotate around its reference axis; these different conditions of installation shall be indicated in the communication form.

| 2.2. | For each type of direction indicator the application shall be accompanied by the following:






  2.2.1. | Drawings, in triplicate, sufficiently detailed to permit identification of the type and category and showing geometrically the following:






  (a) | in what position(s) the direction indicator may be mounted on the vehicle; the axis of observation to be taken as the axis of reference in the tests (horizontal angle H = 0°, vertical angle V = 0°); and the point to be taken as the centre of reference in the said tests; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

2.2.

For each type of direction indicator the application shall be accompanied by the following:

2.2.1.

Drawings, in triplicate, sufficiently detailed to permit identification of the type and category and showing geometrically the following:

(a)

in what position(s) the direction indicator may be mounted on the vehicle; the axis of observation to be taken as the axis of reference in the tests (horizontal angle H = 0°, vertical angle V = 0°); and the point to be taken as the centre of reference in the said tests;

| (b) | the geometrical conditions of installation of the device(s) that meet(s) the requirements of paragraph 6; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the geometrical conditions of installation of the device(s) that meet(s) the requirements of paragraph 6;

| (c) | in the case of an interdependent lamp system, the interdependent lamp or the combination of interdependent lamps that fulfil the requirements of paragraph 5.7, paragraph 6.1 and of Annex 4 to this Regulation; |
| --- | --- |

(c)

in the case of an interdependent lamp system, the interdependent lamp or the combination of interdependent lamps that fulfil the requirements of paragraph 5.7, paragraph 6.1 and of Annex 4 to this Regulation;

| (d) | the drawings shall show the position intended for the approval number and the additional symbols in relation to the circle of the approval mark. |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the drawings shall show the position intended for the approval number and the additional symbols in relation to the circle of the approval mark.

| 2.2.2. | A brief technical description stating in particular, with the exception of lamps with non-replaceable light sources:






  (a) | the category or categories of filament lamp(s) prescribed; this filament lamp category shall be one of those contained in Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval; and/or |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.2.2.

A brief technical description stating in particular, with the exception of lamps with non-replaceable light sources:

(a)

the category or categories of filament lamp(s) prescribed; this filament lamp category shall be one of those contained in Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval; and/or

| (b) | the category or categories of LED light source(s) prescribed; this LED light source category shall be one of those contained in Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval; and/or |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the category or categories of LED light source(s) prescribed; this LED light source category shall be one of those contained in Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval; and/or

| (c) | the light source module specific identification code. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

the light source module specific identification code.

| 2.2.3. | For a direction indicator of category 2b, a concise description of the variable intensity control, an arrangement diagram and a specification of the characteristics of the system ensuring the two levels of intensity. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.3.

For a direction indicator of category 2b, a concise description of the variable intensity control, an arrangement diagram and a specification of the characteristics of the system ensuring the two levels of intensity.

| 2.2.4. | For a direction indicator lamp of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b, information regarding activation of the signals according to paragraphs 5.6 and 6.2.2 below. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.4.

For a direction indicator lamp of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b, information regarding activation of the signals according to paragraphs 5.6 and 6.2.2 below.

| 2.2.5. | Two samples; if the approval is applied for devices which are not identical but are symmetrical and suitable for mounting one on the left and one on the right side of the vehicle, the two samples submitted may be identical and be suitable for mounting only on the right or only on the left side of the vehicle.
  For a direction indicator of category 2b, the application shall also be accompanied by variable intensity control or a generator providing the same signal(s). |
| --- | --- |

2.2.5.

Two samples; if the approval is applied for devices which are not identical but are symmetrical and suitable for mounting one on the left and one on the right side of the vehicle, the two samples submitted may be identical and be suitable for mounting only on the right or only on the left side of the vehicle.

For a direction indicator of category 2b, the application shall also be accompanied by variable intensity control or a generator providing the same signal(s).

3.   MARKINGS

Devices submitted for approval shall:

| 3.1. | Bear the trade name or mark of the applicant; this marking shall be clearly legible and indelible; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

Bear the trade name or mark of the applicant; this marking shall be clearly legible and indelible;

| 3.2. | With the exception of lamps with non-replaceable light sources, bear a clearly legible and indelible marking indicating:






  (a) | the category or categories of filament lamp(s) prescribed; and/or |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.2.

With the exception of lamps with non-replaceable light sources, bear a clearly legible and indelible marking indicating:

(a)

the category or categories of filament lamp(s) prescribed; and/or

| (b) | the light source module specific identification code; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the light source module specific identification code;

| 3.3. | Comprise a space of sufficient size for the approval marking and the additional symbols prescribed in paragraph 4.2 below; this space shall be shown in the drawings mentioned in paragraph 2.2.1 above. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

Comprise a space of sufficient size for the approval marking and the additional symbols prescribed in paragraph 4.2 below; this space shall be shown in the drawings mentioned in paragraph 2.2.1 above.

| 3.4. | In case of lamps with an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control and/or non-replaceable light sources and/or light source module(s), bear the marking of the rated voltage or range of voltage and rated maximum wattage. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.

In case of lamps with an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control and/or non-replaceable light sources and/or light source module(s), bear the marking of the rated voltage or range of voltage and rated maximum wattage.

| 3.5. | In the case of lamps with light source module(s), the light source module(s) shall bear:






  3.5.1. | The trade name or mark of the applicant; this marking must be clearly legible and indelible; |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.5.

In the case of lamps with light source module(s), the light source module(s) shall bear:

3.5.1.

The trade name or mark of the applicant; this marking must be clearly legible and indelible;

| 3.5.2. | The specific identification code of the module; this marking must be clearly legible and indelible. This specific identification code shall comprise the starting letters ‘MD’ for ‘MODULE’ followed by the approval marking without the circle as prescribed in paragraph 4.2.1.1 below and, in the case several non-identical light source modules are used, followed by additional symbols or characters; this specific identification code shall be shown in the drawings mentioned in paragraph 2.2.1 above.
  The approval marking does not have to be the same as the one on the lamp in which the module is used, but both markings shall be from the same applicant; |
| --- | --- |

3.5.2.

The specific identification code of the module; this marking must be clearly legible and indelible. This specific identification code shall comprise the starting letters ‘MD’ for ‘MODULE’ followed by the approval marking without the circle as prescribed in paragraph 4.2.1.1 below and, in the case several non-identical light source modules are used, followed by additional symbols or characters; this specific identification code shall be shown in the drawings mentioned in paragraph 2.2.1 above.

The approval marking does not have to be the same as the one on the lamp in which the module is used, but both markings shall be from the same applicant;

| 3.5.3. | The marking of the rated voltage or range of voltage and rated maximum wattage. |
| --- | --- |

3.5.3.

The marking of the rated voltage or range of voltage and rated maximum wattage.

| 3.6. | An electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control being part of the lamp but not included into the lamp body shall bear the name of the manufacturer and its identification number. |
| --- | --- |

3.6.

An electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control being part of the lamp but not included into the lamp body shall bear the name of the manufacturer and its identification number.

4.   APPROVAL

4.1.   General

| 4.1.1. | If the two devices submitted for approval in pursuance of paragraph 2.2.4 above, meet the requirements of this Regulation, approval shall be granted. All the devices of an interdependent lamp system must be submitted for type approval by the same applicant. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.1.

If the two devices submitted for approval in pursuance of paragraph 2.2.4 above, meet the requirements of this Regulation, approval shall be granted. All the devices of an interdependent lamp system must be submitted for type approval by the same applicant.

| 4.1.2. | Where grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps have been found to comply with the requirements of several Regulations annexed to the 1958 Agreement, a single international approval mark may be applied provided that such lamps are not grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated with a lamp or lamps not satisfying any one of these Regulations. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.2.

Where grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps have been found to comply with the requirements of several Regulations annexed to the 1958 Agreement, a single international approval mark may be applied provided that such lamps are not grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated with a lamp or lamps not satisfying any one of these Regulations.

| 4.1.3. | An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first two digits (at present 01, corresponding to the 01 series of amendments which entered into force on 27 June 1987) shall indicate the series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. The same Contracting Party shall not assign the same number to another type of device covered by this Regulation. Direction indicators of different categories may be marked with a single approval number when they form one assembly. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.3.

An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first two digits (at present 01, corresponding to the 01 series of amendments which entered into force on 27 June 1987) shall indicate the series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. The same Contracting Party shall not assign the same number to another type of device covered by this Regulation. Direction indicators of different categories may be marked with a single approval number when they form one assembly.

| 4.1.4. | Notice of approval or of extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely discontinued of a type of device pursuant to this Regulation shall be communicated to the Parties to the 1958 Agreement which apply this Regulation, by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.4.

Notice of approval or of extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely discontinued of a type of device pursuant to this Regulation shall be communicated to the Parties to the 1958 Agreement which apply this Regulation, by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

| 4.1.5. | Every device conforming to a type approved under this Regulation shall bear in the space referred to in paragraph 3.3 above, and in addition to the markings prescribed in paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 or 3.4 respectively, an approval mark as described in paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 below. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.5.

Every device conforming to a type approved under this Regulation shall bear in the space referred to in paragraph 3.3 above, and in addition to the markings prescribed in paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 or 3.4 respectively, an approval mark as described in paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 below.

4.2.   Composition of the approval mark

The approval mark shall consist of:

| 4.2.1. | An international approval marking, comprising:






  4.2.1.1. | A circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval (2); |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.2.1.

An international approval marking, comprising:

4.2.1.1.

A circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval (2);

2

| 4.2.1.2. | The approval number prescribed in paragraph 4.1.3 above. |
| --- | --- |

4.2.1.2.

The approval number prescribed in paragraph 4.1.3 above.

| 4.2.2. | The following additional symbol (or symbols):






  4.2.2.1. | One or more of the numbers: 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6, according to whether the device belongs to one or more categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6 for which approval is sought in accordance with paragraph 2.1; |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.2.2.

The following additional symbol (or symbols):

4.2.2.1.

One or more of the numbers: 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6, according to whether the device belongs to one or more categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 5 or 6 for which approval is sought in accordance with paragraph 2.1;

| 4.2.2.2. | On devices which cannot be mounted on either side of the vehicle indiscriminately, a horizontal arrow showing in which position the device is to be mounted (the arrow shall be directed outwards from the vehicle in the case of devices of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b and towards the front of the vehicle in the case of devices of categories 3, 4, 5 and 6). In addition, for devices of category 6, an indication ‘R’ or ‘L’ shall in this case be shown on the device, indicating the right or left side of the vehicle; |
| --- | --- |

4.2.2.2.

On devices which cannot be mounted on either side of the vehicle indiscriminately, a horizontal arrow showing in which position the device is to be mounted (the arrow shall be directed outwards from the vehicle in the case of devices of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b and towards the front of the vehicle in the case of devices of categories 3, 4, 5 and 6). In addition, for devices of category 6, an indication ‘R’ or ‘L’ shall in this case be shown on the device, indicating the right or left side of the vehicle;

| 4.2.2.3. | To the right side of the symbol mentioned in paragraph 4.2.2.1; it shall be marked on each device:






  (a) | the additional letter ‘D’, on devices which may be used as part of an assembly of two lamps; |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.2.2.3.

To the right side of the symbol mentioned in paragraph 4.2.2.1; it shall be marked on each device:

(a)

the additional letter ‘D’, on devices which may be used as part of an assembly of two lamps;

| (b) | the additional letter ‘Y’, on devices which may be used as part of an interdependent lamps system. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the additional letter ‘Y’, on devices which may be used as part of an interdependent lamps system.

| 4.2.2.4. | On devices with reduced light distribution in conformity to paragraph 2.1.3 of Annex 4 to this Regulation a vertical arrow starting from a horizontal segment and directed downwards; |
| --- | --- |

4.2.2.4.

On devices with reduced light distribution in conformity to paragraph 2.1.3 of Annex 4 to this Regulation a vertical arrow starting from a horizontal segment and directed downwards;

| 4.2.2.5. | The two digits of the approval number which indicate the series of amendments in force at the time of issue of the approval and, if necessary, the required arrow may be marked close to the above additional symbols. |
| --- | --- |

4.2.2.5.

The two digits of the approval number which indicate the series of amendments in force at the time of issue of the approval and, if necessary, the required arrow may be marked close to the above additional symbols.

| 4.2.2.6. | The marks and symbols referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 above shall be clearly legible and be indelible even when the device is fitted in the vehicle. |
| --- | --- |

4.2.2.6.

The marks and symbols referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 above shall be clearly legible and be indelible even when the device is fitted in the vehicle.

4.3.   Arrangement of the approval mark

4.3.1.   Independent lamps

Annex 3, Figure 1, to this Regulation gives an example of arrangement of the approval mark with the abovementioned additional symbols.

If different types of lamps complying with the requirements of several Regulations, use the same outer lens having the same or different colour, a single international approval mark may be affixed, consisting of a circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted the approval, and an approval number. This approval mark may be located anywhere on the lamp, provided that:

| 4.3.1.1. | It is visible after their installation. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.1.1.

It is visible after their installation.

| 4.3.1.2. | The identification symbol for each lamp appropriate to each Regulation under which approval has been granted, together with the corresponding series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval and if necessary, the required arrow shall be marked. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.1.2.

The identification symbol for each lamp appropriate to each Regulation under which approval has been granted, together with the corresponding series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval and if necessary, the required arrow shall be marked.

| 4.3.1.3. | The size of the components of a single approval mark shall not be less than the minimum size required for the smallest of the individual marks by the Regulation under which approval has been granted. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.1.3.

The size of the components of a single approval mark shall not be less than the minimum size required for the smallest of the individual marks by the Regulation under which approval has been granted.

| 4.3.1.4. | The main body of the lamp shall include the space described in paragraph 3.3 above and shall bear the approval mark of the actual function(s). |
| --- | --- |

4.3.1.4.

The main body of the lamp shall include the space described in paragraph 3.3 above and shall bear the approval mark of the actual function(s).

| 4.3.1.5. | Figure 4 in Annex 3 to this Regulation gives examples of an approval mark with the abovementioned additional symbols. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.1.5.

Figure 4 in Annex 3 to this Regulation gives examples of an approval mark with the abovementioned additional symbols.

4.3.2.   Grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps

| 4.3.2.1. | Where grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps have been found to comply with the requirements of several Regulations, a single international approval mark may be applied consisting of a circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted the approval, and an approval number. This approval mark may be located anywhere on the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps, provided that:






  4.3.2.1.1. | It is visible after the installation of the lamps; |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.3.2.1.

Where grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps have been found to comply with the requirements of several Regulations, a single international approval mark may be applied consisting of a circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted the approval, and an approval number. This approval mark may be located anywhere on the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps, provided that:

4.3.2.1.1.

It is visible after the installation of the lamps;

| 4.3.2.1.2. | No part of the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps that transmits light can be removed without at the same time removing the approval mark. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.1.2.

No part of the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps that transmits light can be removed without at the same time removing the approval mark.

| 4.3.2.2. | An identification symbol for each lamp appropriate to each Regulation under which approval has been granted, together with the corresponding series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval and, if necessary, the required arrow shall be marked:






  4.3.2.2.1. | Either on the appropriate light-emitting surface; |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.3.2.2.

An identification symbol for each lamp appropriate to each Regulation under which approval has been granted, together with the corresponding series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval and, if necessary, the required arrow shall be marked:

4.3.2.2.1.

Either on the appropriate light-emitting surface;

| 4.3.2.2.2. | Or in a group, in such a way that each lamp of the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps may be clearly identified. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.2.2.

Or in a group, in such a way that each lamp of the grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps may be clearly identified.

| 4.3.2.3. | The size of the components of a single approval mark shall not be less than the minimum size required for the smallest of the individual marks by the Regulation under which approval has been granted. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.3.

The size of the components of a single approval mark shall not be less than the minimum size required for the smallest of the individual marks by the Regulation under which approval has been granted.

| 4.3.2.4. | An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. The same Contracting Party may not assign the same number to another type of grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps covered by this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.4.

An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. The same Contracting Party may not assign the same number to another type of grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps covered by this Regulation.

| 4.3.2.5. | Annex 3, Figure 2, to this Regulation gives examples of the arrangement of the approval marks for grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps with all the abovementioned additional symbols. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.5.

Annex 3, Figure 2, to this Regulation gives examples of the arrangement of the approval marks for grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps with all the abovementioned additional symbols.

4.3.3.   Lamps reciprocally incorporated with other lamps, of which the lens may also be used for other types of headlamps.

The provisions laid down in paragraph 4.3.2 above are applicable.

| 4.3.3.1. | In addition, where the same lens is used, the latter may bear the different approval marks relating to the different types of headlamps or units of lamps, provided that the main body of the headlamp, even if it cannot be separated from the lens, also comprises the space described in paragraph 3.3 above and bears the approval marks of the actual functions.
  If different types of headlamps comprise the same main body, the latter may bear the different approval marks. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.3.1.

In addition, where the same lens is used, the latter may bear the different approval marks relating to the different types of headlamps or units of lamps, provided that the main body of the headlamp, even if it cannot be separated from the lens, also comprises the space described in paragraph 3.3 above and bears the approval marks of the actual functions.

If different types of headlamps comprise the same main body, the latter may bear the different approval marks.

| 4.3.3.2. | Annex 3, Figure 3, to this Regulation gives examples of approval marks for lamps reciprocally incorporated with a headlamp. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.3.2.

Annex 3, Figure 3, to this Regulation gives examples of approval marks for lamps reciprocally incorporated with a headlamp.

4.4.   The approval marking shall be clearly legible and indelible. It may be placed on an inner or outer part (transparent or not) of the device which cannot be separated from the transparent part of the device emitting the light. In any case the marking shall be visible when the device is fitted on the vehicle or when a movable part such as the hood or boot lid or a door is opened.

5.   GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

| 5.1. | Each device supplied shall conform to the specifications set forth in paragraphs 6 and 8 below. |
| --- | --- |

5.1.

Each device supplied shall conform to the specifications set forth in paragraphs 6 and 8 below.

| 5.2. | The devices must be so designed and constructed that under normal conditions of use and notwithstanding the vibrations to which they may be subjected in such use, their satisfactory operation remains assured and they retain the characteristics prescribed by this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

5.2.

The devices must be so designed and constructed that under normal conditions of use and notwithstanding the vibrations to which they may be subjected in such use, their satisfactory operation remains assured and they retain the characteristics prescribed by this Regulation.

| 5.3. | In the case of light source modules, it shall be checked that:






  5.3.1. | The design of the light source module(s) shall be such as:






  (a) | that each light source module can only be fitted in no other position than the designated and correct one and can only be removed with the use of tool(s); |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

5.3.

In the case of light source modules, it shall be checked that:

5.3.1.

The design of the light source module(s) shall be such as:

(a)

that each light source module can only be fitted in no other position than the designated and correct one and can only be removed with the use of tool(s);

| (b) | if there are more than one light source module used in the housing for a device, light source modules having different characteristics can not be interchanged within the same lamp housing. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

if there are more than one light source module used in the housing for a device, light source modules having different characteristics can not be interchanged within the same lamp housing.

| 5.3.2. | The light source module(s) shall be tamperproof. |
| --- | --- |

5.3.2.

The light source module(s) shall be tamperproof.

| 5.3.3. | A light source module shall be so designed that regardless of the use of tool(s), it shall not be mechanically interchangeable with any replaceable approved light source. |
| --- | --- |

5.3.3.

A light source module shall be so designed that regardless of the use of tool(s), it shall not be mechanically interchangeable with any replaceable approved light source.

| 5.4. | In case of failure of the variable intensity control of a direction indicator of category 2b emitting more than the maximum value of category 2a, requirements of steady luminous intensity of category 2a shall be fulfilled automatically. |
| --- | --- |

5.4.

In case of failure of the variable intensity control of a direction indicator of category 2b emitting more than the maximum value of category 2a, requirements of steady luminous intensity of category 2a shall be fulfilled automatically.

| 5.5. | In the case of replaceable light source(s):






  5.5.1. | Any category or categories of light source(s) approved according to Regulation No 37 and/or Regulation No 128 may be used, provided that no restriction on the use is made in Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval or in Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval. |
| --- | --- | --- |

5.5.

In the case of replaceable light source(s):

5.5.1.

Any category or categories of light source(s) approved according to Regulation No 37 and/or Regulation No 128 may be used, provided that no restriction on the use is made in Regulation No 37 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval or in Regulation No 128 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval.

| 5.5.2. | The design of the device shall be such that light source cannot be fixed in any other position but the correct one. |
| --- | --- |

5.5.2.

The design of the device shall be such that light source cannot be fixed in any other position but the correct one.

| 5.5.3. | The light source holder shall conform to the characteristics given in IEC Publication 60061. The holder data sheet relevant to the category of light source used, applies. |
| --- | --- |

5.5.3.

The light source holder shall conform to the characteristics given in IEC Publication 60061. The holder data sheet relevant to the category of light source used, applies.

| 5.6. | For direction indicator lamps of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a or 2b the flash may be produced by sequential activation of their light sources if the following conditions are met:






  (a) | each light source, after its activation, shall remain lit until the end of the ON cycle; |
| --- | --- | --- |

5.6.

For direction indicator lamps of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a or 2b the flash may be produced by sequential activation of their light sources if the following conditions are met:

(a)

each light source, after its activation, shall remain lit until the end of the ON cycle;

| (b) | the sequence of activation of the light sources shall proceed in a uniform progressive manner from inboard towards the outboard edge of the apparent surface; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

the sequence of activation of the light sources shall proceed in a uniform progressive manner from inboard towards the outboard edge of the apparent surface;

| (c) | it shall be one continuous line with no repeating alternation in the vertical direction (e.g. no waves). |
| --- | --- |

(c)

it shall be one continuous line with no repeating alternation in the vertical direction (e.g. no waves).

| (d) | the variation shall finish no more than 200 ms after the beginning of the ON cycle; |
| --- | --- |

(d)

the variation shall finish no more than 200 ms after the beginning of the ON cycle;

| (e) | for the orthogonal projection in the direction of the axis of reference of a rectangle, circumscribing the apparent surface of the direction indicator shall have its longer sides parallel to the H-plane, the ratio of the horizontal to the vertical sides shall not be less than 1,7. |
| --- | --- |

(e)

for the orthogonal projection in the direction of the axis of reference of a rectangle, circumscribing the apparent surface of the direction indicator shall have its longer sides parallel to the H-plane, the ratio of the horizontal to the vertical sides shall not be less than 1,7.

Compliance to the conditions mentioned above shall be verified in flashing mode.

| 5.7. | An interdependent lamp system shall meet the requirements when all its interdependent lamps are operated together.
  However, if the interdependent lamp system providing the rear direction indicator function is partly mounted on the fixed component and partly mounted on a movable component, the interdependent lamp(s) specified by the applicant shall meet the geometric visibility, colorimetric and photometric requirement, at all fixed positions of the movable component(s). This does not apply to interdependent direction indicator lamp(s) intended for fitting on vehicle(s) where, to fulfil or complete the geometric visibility angle, additional lamps are activated when the movable component is in any fixed open position, provided that these additional lamps satisfy all the position, photometric and colorimetric requirements applicable to the direction indicator lamps installed on the movable component. |
| --- | --- |

5.7.

An interdependent lamp system shall meet the requirements when all its interdependent lamps are operated together.

However, if the interdependent lamp system providing the rear direction indicator function is partly mounted on the fixed component and partly mounted on a movable component, the interdependent lamp(s) specified by the applicant shall meet the geometric visibility, colorimetric and photometric requirement, at all fixed positions of the movable component(s). This does not apply to interdependent direction indicator lamp(s) intended for fitting on vehicle(s) where, to fulfil or complete the geometric visibility angle, additional lamps are activated when the movable component is in any fixed open position, provided that these additional lamps satisfy all the position, photometric and colorimetric requirements applicable to the direction indicator lamps installed on the movable component.

6.   INTENSITY OF LIGHT EMITTED

| 6.1. | The light emitted by each of the two devices supplied must be in the case of direction indicators of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, in the reference axes, in the case of direction indicators of categories 5 or 6 in direction A according to Annex 1 of not less than the minimum intensity and of not more than the maximum intensity specified below:








  Direction indicator of category | Minimum luminous intensity in cd | Maximum luminous intensity in cd when used as |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Single lamp | Lamp (single) marked ‘D’ (see paragraph 4.2.2.3) |
| 1 | 175 | 1 000 | 500 |
| 1a | 250 | 1 200 | 600 |
| 1b | 400 | 1 200 | 600 |
| 2a (steady) | 50 | 500 | 250 |
| 2b (variable) | 50 | 1 000 | 500 |
| 5 | 0,6 | 280 | 140 |
| 6 | 50 | 280 | 140 |

6.1.

The light emitted by each of the two devices supplied must be in the case of direction indicators of categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, in the reference axes, in the case of direction indicators of categories 5 or 6 in direction A according to Annex 1 of not less than the minimum intensity and of not more than the maximum intensity specified below:

Direction indicator of category

Minimum luminous intensity in cd

Maximum luminous intensity in cd when used as

Single lamp

Lamp (single) marked ‘D’ (see paragraph 4.2.2.3)

1

175

1 000

500

1a

250

1 200

600

1b

400

1 200

600

2a (steady)

50

500

250

2b (variable)

50

1 000

500

5

0,6

280

140

6

50

280

140

| 6.1.1. | For an assembly of two or more direction indicator lamps the total intensity shall not exceed the maximum value. |
| --- | --- |

6.1.1.

For an assembly of two or more direction indicator lamps the total intensity shall not exceed the maximum value.

| 6.1.2. | When an assembly of two lamps marked ‘D’ having the same function is deemed to be a single lamp, it shall comply with the requirements for:






  (a) | maximum intensity if all lamps together are lit; |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.1.2.

When an assembly of two lamps marked ‘D’ having the same function is deemed to be a single lamp, it shall comply with the requirements for:

(a)

maximum intensity if all lamps together are lit;

| (b) | minimum intensity if one lamp has failed. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

minimum intensity if one lamp has failed.

| 6.2. | In case of failure of a single lamp, or of an interdependent lamp system of the categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b, containing more than one light source, the following provisions shall apply:






  6.2.1. | A group of light sources, wired so that the failure of any one of them causes all of them to stop emitting light, shall be considered to be one light source. |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.2.

In case of failure of a single lamp, or of an interdependent lamp system of the categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a and 2b, containing more than one light source, the following provisions shall apply:

6.2.1.

A group of light sources, wired so that the failure of any one of them causes all of them to stop emitting light, shall be considered to be one light source.

| 6.2.2. | A signal for activation of the tell-tale prescribed in paragraph 6.5.8 of Regulation No 48 shall be produced if:






  (a) | any one light source has failed, or |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.2.2.

A signal for activation of the tell-tale prescribed in paragraph 6.5.8 of Regulation No 48 shall be produced if:

(a)

any one light source has failed, or

| (b) | in the case of a lamp designed for only two filament light sources, the intensity in the axis of reference is less than 50 % of the minimum intensity, or |
| --- | --- |

(b)

in the case of a lamp designed for only two filament light sources, the intensity in the axis of reference is less than 50 % of the minimum intensity, or

| (c) | as a consequence of a failure of one or more light sources, the intensity in one of the following directions as indicated in Annex 4 to this Regulation is less than the minimum intensity required:






  (i) | H = 0°, V = 0° |
| --- | --- | --- |

(c)

as a consequence of a failure of one or more light sources, the intensity in one of the following directions as indicated in Annex 4 to this Regulation is less than the minimum intensity required:

(i)

H = 0°, V = 0°

| (ii) | H = 20° to the outside of the vehicle, V= + 5° |
| --- | --- |

(ii)

H = 20° to the outside of the vehicle, V= + 5°

| (iii) | H = 10° to the inside of the vehicle, V = 0°. |
| --- | --- |

(iii)

H = 10° to the inside of the vehicle, V = 0°.

| 6.3. | Outside the reference axis, within the angular fields specified in the arrangement diagrams in Annex 1 to this Regulation, the intensity of the light emitted by each of the two devices supplied must:






  6.3.1. | In each direction corresponding to the points in the relevant table of luminous-intensity distribution reproduced in Annex 4 to this Regulation, be not less than the minimum specified in paragraph 6.1 above multiplied by the percentage specified in the said table for the direction in question;






  6.3.1.1. | In divergence from paragraphs 6.4 and 6.4.1, for categories 5 direction indicators, to the rear, a minimum value of 0,6 cd is required throughout the fields specified in Annex 1; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

6.3.

Outside the reference axis, within the angular fields specified in the arrangement diagrams in Annex 1 to this Regulation, the intensity of the light emitted by each of the two devices supplied must:

6.3.1.

In each direction corresponding to the points in the relevant table of luminous-intensity distribution reproduced in Annex 4 to this Regulation, be not less than the minimum specified in paragraph 6.1 above multiplied by the percentage specified in the said table for the direction in question;

6.3.1.1.

In divergence from paragraphs 6.4 and 6.4.1, for categories 5 direction indicators, to the rear, a minimum value of 0,6 cd is required throughout the fields specified in Annex 1;

| 6.3.2. | In no direction within the area from which the indicator lamp is visible, exceed the maximum specified in paragraph 6.1 above; |
| --- | --- |

6.3.2.

In no direction within the area from which the indicator lamp is visible, exceed the maximum specified in paragraph 6.1 above;

| 6.3.3. | Moreover,






  6.3.3.1. | Throughout the fields defined in the diagrams in Annex 1, the intensity of the light emitted must be not less than 0,7 cd for devices of category 1b, not less than 0,3 cd for devices of categories 1, 1a, 2a and for those of category 2b by day; it shall not be less than 0,07 cd for devices of category 2b by night; |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.3.3.

Moreover,

6.3.3.1.

Throughout the fields defined in the diagrams in Annex 1, the intensity of the light emitted must be not less than 0,7 cd for devices of category 1b, not less than 0,3 cd for devices of categories 1, 1a, 2a and for those of category 2b by day; it shall not be less than 0,07 cd for devices of category 2b by night;

| 6.3.3.2. | The provisions of paragraph 2.2 of Annex 4 to this Regulation on local variations of intensity must be observed. |
| --- | --- |

6.3.3.2.

The provisions of paragraph 2.2 of Annex 4 to this Regulation on local variations of intensity must be observed.

| 6.4. | In general the intensities shall be measured with the light source(s) continuously alight.
  However, depending on the construction of the device, for example, the use of light-emitting diodes (LEDs), or the need to take precautions to avoid overheating, it is allowed to measure the lamps in flashing mode.
  This must be achieved by switching with a frequency of f = 1,5 ± 0,5 Hz with the pulse width greater than 0,3 s, measured at 95 % peak light intensity.
  In the case of replaceable filament lamps, the filament lamps shall be operated at reference luminous flux during on time.
  In the case of LED light sources all measurements shall be made at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V; the luminous flux value produced during on time shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the value of the luminous flux during on time found at the voltage applied.
  In all other cases the voltage as required in paragraph 7.1.1 shall be switched with a rise time and fall time shorter than 0,01 s; no overshoot is allowed.
  In the case of measurements taken in flashing mode the reported luminous intensity shall be represented by the maximum intensity. |
| --- | --- |

6.4.

In general the intensities shall be measured with the light source(s) continuously alight.

However, depending on the construction of the device, for example, the use of light-emitting diodes (LEDs), or the need to take precautions to avoid overheating, it is allowed to measure the lamps in flashing mode.

This must be achieved by switching with a frequency of f = 1,5 ± 0,5 Hz with the pulse width greater than 0,3 s, measured at 95 % peak light intensity.

In the case of replaceable filament lamps, the filament lamps shall be operated at reference luminous flux during on time.

In the case of LED light sources all measurements shall be made at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V; the luminous flux value produced during on time shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the value of the luminous flux during on time found at the voltage applied.

In all other cases the voltage as required in paragraph 7.1.1 shall be switched with a rise time and fall time shorter than 0,01 s; no overshoot is allowed.

In the case of measurements taken in flashing mode the reported luminous intensity shall be represented by the maximum intensity.

| 6.5. | In the case of devices of category 2b the time that elapses between energising the light source(s) and the light output measured on the reference axis to reach 90 % of the value measured in accordance with paragraph 6.3 above shall be measured for the extreme levels of luminous intensity produced by the direction indicator. The time measured to obtain the lowest luminous intensity shall not exceed the time measured to obtain the highest luminous intensity. |
| --- | --- |

6.5.

In the case of devices of category 2b the time that elapses between energising the light source(s) and the light output measured on the reference axis to reach 90 % of the value measured in accordance with paragraph 6.3 above shall be measured for the extreme levels of luminous intensity produced by the direction indicator. The time measured to obtain the lowest luminous intensity shall not exceed the time measured to obtain the highest luminous intensity.

| 6.6. | The variable intensity control shall not generate signals which cause luminous intensities:






  6.6.1. | Outside the range specified in paragraph 6.1 above; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.6.

The variable intensity control shall not generate signals which cause luminous intensities:

6.6.1.

Outside the range specified in paragraph 6.1 above; and

| 6.6.2. | Exceeding the category 2a maximum specified in paragraph 6.1:






  (a) | for systems depending only on daytime and night-time conditions: under night-time conditions; |
| --- | --- | --- |

6.6.2.

Exceeding the category 2a maximum specified in paragraph 6.1:

(a)

for systems depending only on daytime and night-time conditions: under night-time conditions;

| (b) | for other systems: under reference conditions as demonstrated by the manufacturer (3). |
| --- | --- |

(b)

for other systems: under reference conditions as demonstrated by the manufacturer (3).

3

| 6.7. | Annex 4, referred to in paragraph 6.3.1 above, gives particulars of the measurement methods to be used. |
| --- | --- |

6.7.

Annex 4, referred to in paragraph 6.3.1 above, gives particulars of the measurement methods to be used.

7.   TEST PROCEDURE

| 7.1. | All measurements, photometric and colorimetric, shall be made:






  7.1.1. | In the case of a lamp with replaceable light source, if not supplied by an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, with an uncoloured or coloured standard light source of the category prescribed for the device; supplied with the voltage:






  (a) | in the case of filament lamp(s), it is necessary to produce the reference luminous flux required for that category of filament lamp; |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

7.1.

All measurements, photometric and colorimetric, shall be made:

7.1.1.

In the case of a lamp with replaceable light source, if not supplied by an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, with an uncoloured or coloured standard light source of the category prescribed for the device; supplied with the voltage:

(a)

in the case of filament lamp(s), it is necessary to produce the reference luminous flux required for that category of filament lamp;

| (b) | in the case of LED light source(s) of 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V; the luminous flux value produced shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

in the case of LED light source(s) of 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V; the luminous flux value produced shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied.

| 7.1.2. | In the case of a lamp equipped with non-replaceable light sources (filament lamps and other), at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V respectively. |
| --- | --- |

7.1.2.

In the case of a lamp equipped with non-replaceable light sources (filament lamps and other), at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V respectively.

| 7.1.3. | In the case of a system that uses an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, being part of the lamp (4) applying at the input terminals of the lamp the voltage declared by the manufacturer or, if not indicated, 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V respectively. |
| --- | --- |

7.1.3.

In the case of a system that uses an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, being part of the lamp (4) applying at the input terminals of the lamp the voltage declared by the manufacturer or, if not indicated, 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V respectively.

4

| 7.1.4. | In the case of a system that uses an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, not being part of the lamp with the voltage declared by the manufacturer applied to the input terminals of the lamp. |
| --- | --- |

7.1.4.

In the case of a system that uses an electronic light source control gear or a variable intensity control, not being part of the lamp with the voltage declared by the manufacturer applied to the input terminals of the lamp.

| 7.2. | However in the case of a direction indicator of category 2b operated by a variable intensity control to obtain variable luminous intensity, photometric measurements shall be performed according to the applicant’s description. |
| --- | --- |

7.2.

However in the case of a direction indicator of category 2b operated by a variable intensity control to obtain variable luminous intensity, photometric measurements shall be performed according to the applicant’s description.

| 7.3. | The test laboratory shall require from the manufacturer the light source control gear or a variable intensity control needed to supply the light source and the applicable functions. |
| --- | --- |

7.3.

The test laboratory shall require from the manufacturer the light source control gear or a variable intensity control needed to supply the light source and the applicable functions.

| 7.4. | The voltage to be applied to the lamp shall be noted in the communication form in Annex 2 of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

7.4.

The voltage to be applied to the lamp shall be noted in the communication form in Annex 2 of this Regulation.

| 7.5. | The limits of the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis of a direction indicator shall be determined. However, in the case of category 5 and 6 direction indicators, the limits of the light emitting surface shall be determined. |
| --- | --- |

7.5.

The limits of the apparent surface in the direction of the reference axis of a direction indicator shall be determined. However, in the case of category 5 and 6 direction indicators, the limits of the light emitting surface shall be determined.

8.   COLOUR OF LIGHT EMITTED

The colour of the light emitted inside the field of the light distribution grid defined in paragraph 2 of Annex 4 shall be amber. Outside this field, no sharp variation of colour shall be observed. To check these colorimetric characteristics, the test procedure described in paragraph 7 of this Regulation shall be applied. These requirements shall also apply within the range of variable luminous intensity produced by direction indicators of category 2b.

However, for lamps equipped with non-replaceable light sources (filament lamps and other), the colorimetric characteristics should be verified with the light sources present in the lamp, in accordance with relevant subparagraphs of paragraph 7.1 of this Regulation.

9.   MODIFICATIONS OF A TYPE OF DIRECTION INDICATOR FOR MOTOR VEHICLES AND THEIR TRAILERS AND EXTENSION OF APPROVAL

| 9.1. | Every modification of a type of direction indicator shall be notified to the Type Approval Authority which approved the type. The department may then either:






  9.1.1. | Consider that the modifications made are unlikely to have an appreciable adverse effect and that in any case the device still complies with the requirements; or |
| --- | --- | --- |

9.1.

Every modification of a type of direction indicator shall be notified to the Type Approval Authority which approved the type. The department may then either:

9.1.1.

Consider that the modifications made are unlikely to have an appreciable adverse effect and that in any case the device still complies with the requirements; or

| 9.1.2. | Require a further test report from the technical service responsible for conducting the tests. |
| --- | --- |

9.1.2.

Require a further test report from the technical service responsible for conducting the tests.

| 9.2. | Confirmation or refusal of approval, specifying the alterations, shall be communicated by the procedure specified in paragraph 4.1.4 above to the Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

9.2.

Confirmation or refusal of approval, specifying the alterations, shall be communicated by the procedure specified in paragraph 4.1.4 above to the Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation.

| 9.3. | The Competent Authority issuing the extension of approval shall assign a series number for such an extension and inform thereof the other Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

9.3.

The Competent Authority issuing the extension of approval shall assign a series number for such an extension and inform thereof the other Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

10.   CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

The conformity of production procedures shall comply with those set out in the Agreement, Appendix 2 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2), with the following requirements:

| 10.1. | Direction indicators approved under this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the requirements set forth in paragraphs 6 and 8 above. |
| --- | --- |

10.1.

Direction indicators approved under this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the requirements set forth in paragraphs 6 and 8 above.

| 10.2. | The minimum requirements for conformity of production control procedures set forth in Annex 5 to this Regulation shall be complied with. |
| --- | --- |

10.2.

The minimum requirements for conformity of production control procedures set forth in Annex 5 to this Regulation shall be complied with.

| 10.3. | The minimum requirements for sampling by an inspector set forth in Annex 6 to this Regulation shall be complied with. |
| --- | --- |

10.3.

The minimum requirements for sampling by an inspector set forth in Annex 6 to this Regulation shall be complied with.

| 10.4. | The authority which has granted type approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applied in each production facility. The normal frequency of these verifications shall be once every two years. |
| --- | --- |

10.4.

The authority which has granted type approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applied in each production facility. The normal frequency of these verifications shall be once every two years.

11.   PENALTIES FOR NON-CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

| 11.1. | The approval granted in respect of a device pursuant to this Regulation may be withdrawn if the foregoing requirements are not met. |
| --- | --- |

11.1.

The approval granted in respect of a device pursuant to this Regulation may be withdrawn if the foregoing requirements are not met.

| 11.2. | If a Contracting Party to the Agreement which applies this Regulation withdraws an approval it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation, by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

11.2.

If a Contracting Party to the Agreement which applies this Regulation withdraws an approval it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation, by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

12.   PRODUCTION DEFINITELY DISCONTINUED

If the holder of the approval completely ceases to manufacture a device approved in accordance with this Regulation, he shall so inform the authority which granted the approval. Upon receiving the relevant communication, that authority shall inform thereof the other Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

13.   NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF TECHNICAL SERVICES RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING APPROVAL TESTS, AND OF TYPE APPROVAL AUTHORITIES

The Parties to the 1958 Agreement which apply this Regulation shall communicate to the United Nations Secretariat the names and addresses of the Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests and of the Type Approval Authorities which grant approval and to which forms certifying approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval, issued in other countries, are to be sent.

14.   TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

| 14.1. | As from the official date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse to grant ECE approval under this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments. |
| --- | --- |

14.1.

As from the official date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse to grant ECE approval under this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments.

| 14.2. | As from 24 months after the date of entry into force, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall grant ECE approvals only if the type of direction indicator to be approved meets the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments. |
| --- | --- |

14.2.

As from 24 months after the date of entry into force, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall grant ECE approvals only if the type of direction indicator to be approved meets the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments.

| 14.3. | Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall not refuse to grant extensions of approval to the preceding series of amendments to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

14.3.

Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall not refuse to grant extensions of approval to the preceding series of amendments to this Regulation.

| 14.4. | Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to grant approvals to those types of direction indicators which comply with the requirements of this Regulation as amended by the preceding series of amendments during the 12-month period which follows the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments. |
| --- | --- |

14.4.

Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to grant approvals to those types of direction indicators which comply with the requirements of this Regulation as amended by the preceding series of amendments during the 12-month period which follows the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments.

| 14.5. | ECE approvals granted under this Regulation earlier than 12 months after the date of entry into force and all extensions of approvals, including those to a preceding series of amendments to this Regulation granted subsequently, shall remain valid indefinitely. When the type of direction indicator approved to the preceding series of amendments meets the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, the Contracting Party which granted the approval shall notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation thereof. |
| --- | --- |

14.5.

ECE approvals granted under this Regulation earlier than 12 months after the date of entry into force and all extensions of approvals, including those to a preceding series of amendments to this Regulation granted subsequently, shall remain valid indefinitely. When the type of direction indicator approved to the preceding series of amendments meets the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, the Contracting Party which granted the approval shall notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation thereof.

| 14.6. | No Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse a type of direction indicator approved to Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

14.6.

No Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse a type of direction indicator approved to Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation.

| 14.7. | Until 36 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse a type of direction indicator approved to the preceding series of amendments to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

14.7.

Until 36 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall refuse a type of direction indicator approved to the preceding series of amendments to this Regulation.

| 14.8. | Starting 36 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may refuse the sale of a type of direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation unless the direction indicator is intended as a replacement for fitting on vehicles in use. |
| --- | --- |

14.8.

Starting 36 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may refuse the sale of a type of direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation unless the direction indicator is intended as a replacement for fitting on vehicles in use.

| 14.9. | Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to issue approvals for direction indicators on the basis of any previous series of amendments, provided that the direction indicators are intended as replacements for fitting to vehicles in use. |
| --- | --- |

14.9.

Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to issue approvals for direction indicators on the basis of any previous series of amendments, provided that the direction indicators are intended as replacements for fitting to vehicles in use.

| 14.10. | As from the official date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall prohibit the fitting on a vehicle of a direction indicator approved under this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments. |
| --- | --- |

14.10.

As from the official date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, no Contracting Party applying this Regulation shall prohibit the fitting on a vehicle of a direction indicator approved under this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments.

| 14.11. | Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to allow the fitting on a vehicle of a direction indicator approved to this Regulation as amended by the preceding series of amendments during the 48-month period which follows the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments. |
| --- | --- |

14.11.

Contracting Parties applying this Regulation shall continue to allow the fitting on a vehicle of a direction indicator approved to this Regulation as amended by the preceding series of amendments during the 48-month period which follows the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments.

| 14.12. | Upon the expiration of a period of 48 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may prohibit the fitting of a direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments on a new vehicle for which national type or individual approval was granted more than 24 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

14.12.

Upon the expiration of a period of 48 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may prohibit the fitting of a direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments on a new vehicle for which national type or individual approval was granted more than 24 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation.

| 14.13. | Upon the expiration of a period of 60 months after the date of entry into force, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may prohibit the fitting of a direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments on a new vehicle first registered more than 60 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

14.13.

Upon the expiration of a period of 60 months after the date of entry into force, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may prohibit the fitting of a direction indicator which does not meet the requirements of this Regulation as amended by Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments on a new vehicle first registered more than 60 months after the date of entry into force of Supplement 8 to the 01 series of amendments to this Regulation.

| 14.14. | Existing approvals to direction indicator lamps of the categories 3 and 4 approved under this Regulation prior to the introduction of Supplement 16 to the 01 series of amendments, shall remain valid indefinitely. |
| --- | --- |

14.14.

Existing approvals to direction indicator lamps of the categories 3 and 4 approved under this Regulation prior to the introduction of Supplement 16 to the 01 series of amendments, shall remain valid indefinitely.

---

(1)  As defined in the Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3.), document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2, para. 2.

1

(2)  The distinguishing numbers of the Contracting Parties to the 1958 Agreement are reproduced in Annex 3 to Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3), document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2.

2

(3)  Good visibility (meteorological optical range MOR > 2 000 m defined according to WMO, Guide to Meteorological Instruments and Methods of Observation, Sixth Edition, ISBN: 92-63-16008-2, pp. 1.9.1/1.9.11, Geneva 1996) and clean lens.

3

(4)  For the purpose of this Regulation ‘being part of the lamp’ means to be physically included in the lamp body or to be external, separated or not, but supplied by the lamp manufacturer as part of the lamp system.

4

---

ANNEX 1

Categories of direction indicators: Minimum angles required for light distribution in space of these categories of direction indicators
   (1)

In all cases, the minimum vertical angles of light distribution in space of direction indicator lamps are 15° above and 15° below the horizontal except:

| (a) | direction indicator lamps intended to be installed with the H plane of the lamp at a mounting height of less than 750 mm above the ground, for which they are 15° above and 5° below the horizontal; |
| --- | --- |

(a)

direction indicator lamps intended to be installed with the H plane of the lamp at a mounting height of less than 750 mm above the ground, for which they are 15° above and 5° below the horizontal;

| (b) | optional direction indicator lamps intended to be installed with the H plane of the lamp at a mounting height of more than 2 100 mm above the ground, for which they are 5° above and 15° below the horizontal; |
| --- | --- |

(b)

optional direction indicator lamps intended to be installed with the H plane of the lamp at a mounting height of more than 2 100 mm above the ground, for which they are 5° above and 15° below the horizontal;

| (c) | direction indicator lamps of Category 6. |
| --- | --- |

(c)

direction indicator lamps of Category 6.

Minimum horizontal visibility angles

Direction indicators for the front of the vehicle

| Category 1 | : | For use at a distance not less than 40 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp; |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Category 1a | : | For use at a distance greater than 20 mm but less than 40 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp; |
| Category 1b | : | For use at a distance less than or equal to 20 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp. |

Category 1

:

For use at a distance not less than 40 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp;

Category 1a

:

For use at a distance greater than 20 mm but less than 40 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp;

Category 1b

:

For use at a distance less than or equal to 20 mm from the dipped-beam headlamp and/or the front fog lamp.

| On and above the H plane for all lamps. Under the H plane for lamps intended for M2, M3, N2 or N3 category of vehicles | |
| --- | --- |

On and above the H plane for all lamps. Under the H plane for lamps intended for M2, M3, N2 or N3 category of vehicles

Image 1

| Under the H plane for M1 and N1 category of vehicles | |
| --- | --- |

Under the H plane for M1 and N1 category of vehicles

Image 2

H plane: ‘horizontal plane goingthrough the reference centre of the lamp’

| Categories 2a and 2b | : | Direction indicators for the rear of the vehicle |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Category 2a | : | Rear direction indicator lamps with steady luminous intensity |
| Category 2b | : | Rear direction indicator lamps with variable luminous intensity |

Categories 2a and 2b

:

Direction indicators for the rear of the vehicle

Category 2a

:

Rear direction indicator lamps with steady luminous intensity

Category 2b

:

Rear direction indicator lamps with variable luminous intensity

Image 3

| Under the H plane for lamps intended to be installed with this plane at a mounting height less than 750 mm above the ground. | |
| --- | --- |

Under the H plane for lamps intended to be installed with this plane at a mounting height less than 750 mm above the ground.

Image 4

| Categories 5 and 6 | : | Supplementary side direction indicators for use on a vehicle also equipped with categories 1, 1a or 1b and 2a or 2b direction indicators |
| --- | --- | --- |

Categories 5 and 6

:

Supplementary side direction indicators for use on a vehicle also equipped with categories 1, 1a or 1b and 2a or 2b direction indicators

Image 5

---

(1)  The angles shown in these arrangements are correct for devices to be mounted on the right side of the vehicle. The arrows in these diagrams point towards the front of the vehicle.

---

ANNEX 2

COMMUNICATION

(Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm))

Image 6

issued by:

Name of administration

Concerning (2):

Approval granted

Approval extended

Approval refused

Approval withdrawn

Production definitively discontinued

of a type of direction indicator pursuant to Regulation No 6

Approval No ...

Extension No ...

1. Trade name or mark of the device ...

2. Manufacturer’s name for the type of device: ...

3. Manufacturer’s name and address: ...

4. If applicable, name and address of the manufacturer’s representative: ...

5. Submitted for approval on: ...

6. Technical service responsible for conducting approval tests: ...

7. Date of test report issued by that service: ...

8. Number of test report issued by that service: ...

9. Concise description:

Category: 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 3, 4, 5, 6 (2)

Number, category: ...

Function(s) produced by an interdependent lamp forming part of an interdependent lamps system: ...

Voltage and wattage: ...

Light source module specific identification code: ...

Only for limited mounting height of equal to or less than 750 mm above the ground: yes/no (2)

Geometrical conditions of installation and relating variations, if any: ...

Application of an electronic light source control gear/variable intensity control:

(a) Being part of the lamp: yes/no (2)

(b) Being not part of the lamp: yes/no (2)

Image 7

Input voltage(s) supplied by an electronic light source control gear/variable intensity control: ...

Electronic light source control gear/variable intensity control manufacturer and identification number (when the light source control gear is part of the lamp but is not included into the lamp body): ...

Variable luminous intensity: yes/no (2)

Sequential activation of light sources

(see paragraph 5.6 of this Regulation): yes/no (2)

10. Position of the approval mark: ...

11. Reason(s) for extension (if applicable): ...

12. Approval granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (2): ...

13. Place: ...

14. Date: ...

15. Signature: ...

16. The list of documents deposited with the Administrative Service which has granted approval is annexed to this communication and may be obtained on request ...

(1) Distinguishing number of the country which has granted/extended/refused/withdrawn an approval (see approval provisions in the Regulation).

(2) Strike out what does not apply.

---

ANNEX 3

EXAMPLES OF ARRANGEMENTS OF THE APPROVAL MARKS

a= 5 mm min.

The device bearing the approval marking shown above is a category 4 device (front-side direction indicator) approved in Italy (E3) under No 216, which may also be used in an assembly of two lamps. The horizontal arrow shows in what position this device, which cannot be mounted on either side of the vehicle indiscriminately, is to be mounted. The arrow points towards the front of the vehicle. The vertical arrow starting from a horizontal segment and directed downwards indicates a permissible mounting height of equal to or less than 750 mm from the ground for this device.

The number mentioned close to the symbol ‘4D’ indicates that the approval was granted according to the requirements of Regulation No 6 as amended by the 01 series of amendments.

The direction in which the arrows on the approval mark point, according to the category of the device, is shown below:

Figure 1

Image 9

Note: The approval number and the additional symbols shall be placed close to the circle and either above or below the letter ‘E’, or to the right or left of that letter. The digits of the approval number shall be on the same side of the letter ‘E’ and face the same direction. The use of Roman numerals as approval numbers should be avoided so as to prevent any confusion with other symbols.

Figure 2

Simplified marking of grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps when two or more lamps are part of the same assembly

The vertical and horizontal lines schematise the shape of the light-signalling device. These are not part of the approval mark.

Model A

Model B

Model C

Note: The three examples of approval marks shown above (models A, B and C) represent three possible variables for the marking of a lighting device when two or more lamps are part of the same assembly of grouped, combined or reciprocally incorporated lamps.

They indicate that the device was approved in the Netherlands (E4) under number 3333 and comprises:

| | A rear direction indicator lamp with variable luminous intensity (category 2b) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6; |
| --- | --- |

A rear direction indicator lamp with variable luminous intensity (category 2b) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6;

| | A red rear position (side) lamp with variable luminous intensity (R2) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7; |
| --- | --- |

A red rear position (side) lamp with variable luminous intensity (R2) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7;

| | A rear fog lamp with variable luminous intensity (F2) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version; |
| --- | --- |

A rear fog lamp with variable luminous intensity (F2) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version;

| | A reversing lamp (AR) approved in accordance with Regulation No 23 in its original version; |
| --- | --- |

A reversing lamp (AR) approved in accordance with Regulation No 23 in its original version;

| | A stop lamp with variable luminous intensity (S2) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7. |
| --- | --- |

A stop lamp with variable luminous intensity (S2) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7.

Note: The three examples shown above correspond to a lighting device bearing an approval mark relating to:

| | A front position lamp approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7; |
| --- | --- |

A front position lamp approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 7;

| | A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam with a maximum intensity comprised between 86 250 and 101 250 candelas, approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 20; |
| --- | --- |

A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam with a maximum intensity comprised between 86 250 and 101 250 candelas, approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 20;

| | A front fog lamp approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 19; |
| --- | --- |

A front fog lamp approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 19;

| | A front direction indicator lamp of category 1a approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6. |
| --- | --- |

A front direction indicator lamp of category 1a approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6.

Figure 3

Lamp reciprocally incorporated with a headlamp

The above example corresponds to the marking of a lens intended to be used in different types of headlamps, namely:

| Either | : | A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam with a maximum intensity comprised between 86 250 and 101 250 candelas, approved in Germany (E1) in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 8 as amended by the 04 series of amendments; which is reciprocally incorporated with a front direction indicator approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6; |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Or | : | A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam, approved in Germany (E1) in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 1 as amended by the 01 series of amendments, which is reciprocally incorporated with the same front direction indicator as above; |
| Or even | : | Either of the abovementioned headlamps approved as a single lamp. |

Either

:

A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam with a maximum intensity comprised between 86 250 and 101 250 candelas, approved in Germany (E1) in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 8 as amended by the 04 series of amendments; which is reciprocally incorporated with a front direction indicator approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6;

Or

:

A headlamp with a passing beam designed for right-hand and left-hand traffic and a driving beam, approved in Germany (E1) in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 1 as amended by the 01 series of amendments, which is reciprocally incorporated with the same front direction indicator as above;

Or even

:

Either of the abovementioned headlamps approved as a single lamp.

The main body of the headlamp shall bear the only valid approval number, for instance:

Figure 4

Marking of independent lamps

The above example corresponds to the marking of a lens intended to be used in different types of lamps. The approval marks indicate that the device was approved in Spain (E9) under approval number 1432 and comprises:

| | A rear fog lamp (F) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version; |
| --- | --- |

A rear fog lamp (F) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version;

| | A rear direction indicator lamp of category 2a approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6; |
| --- | --- |

A rear direction indicator lamp of category 2a approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6;

| | A reversing lamp (AR) approved in accordance with Regulation No 23 in its original version; |
| --- | --- |

A reversing lamp (AR) approved in accordance with Regulation No 23 in its original version;

| | A red rear position (side) lamp (R) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7; |
| --- | --- |

A red rear position (side) lamp (R) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7;

| | A stop lamp with one level of illumination (S1) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7. |
| --- | --- |

A stop lamp with one level of illumination (S1) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7.

Light source modules

The light source module bearing the identification code shown above has been approved together with a lamp approved in Italy (E3) under approval number 17325.

Marking of interdependent lamps

| | |
| --- | --- |
| Marking of an interdependent lamp comprising part of an interdependent lamp system providing: | A rear direction indicator lamp (category 2a) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6. This is also marked Y as it is an interdependent lamp forming part of an interdependent lamp system, |

Image 20

Image 21

Marking of an interdependent lamp comprising part of an interdependent lamp system providing:

A rear direction indicator lamp (category 2a) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6. This is also marked Y as it is an interdependent lamp forming part of an interdependent lamp system,

| | A rear fog lamp with variable luminous intensity (F2) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version. |
| --- | --- |

A rear fog lamp with variable luminous intensity (F2) approved in accordance with Regulation No 38 in its original version.

Marking of an interdependent lamp comprising part of an interdependent lamp system providing:

| | A rear direction indicator lamp (category 2a) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6. This is also marked Y as it is an interdependent lamp forming part of an interdependent lamp system, |
| --- | --- |

A rear direction indicator lamp (category 2a) approved in accordance with the 01 series of amendments to Regulation No 6. This is also marked Y as it is an interdependent lamp forming part of an interdependent lamp system,

| | A red rear position (side) lamp (R1) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7, |
| --- | --- |

A red rear position (side) lamp (R1) approved in accordance with the 02 series of amendments to Regulation No 7,

| | A stop lamp (S1) approved in accordance with Regulation No 7 in its original version. |
| --- | --- |

A stop lamp (S1) approved in accordance with Regulation No 7 in its original version.

---

ANNEX 4

PHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS

1.   MEASUREMENT METHODS

| 1.1. | During photometric measurements, stray reflections shall be avoided by appropriate masking. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.2. | In case the results of measurements should be challenged, measurements shall be carried out in such a way as to meet the following requirements:






  1.2.1. | The distance of measurement shall be such that the law of the inverse of the square of the distance is applicable; |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.2.

1.2.1.

The distance of measurement shall be such that the law of the inverse of the square of the distance is applicable;

| 1.2.2. | The measuring equipment shall be such that the angular aperture of the receiver viewed from the reference centre of the light is comprised between 10′ and 1 degree; |
| --- | --- |

1.2.2.

The measuring equipment shall be such that the angular aperture of the receiver viewed from the reference centre of the light is comprised between 10′ and 1 degree;

| 1.2.3. | The intensity requirement for a particular direction of observation shall be deemed to be satisfied if that requirement is met in a direction deviating by not more than one-quarter of a degree from the direction of observation. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.3.

The intensity requirement for a particular direction of observation shall be deemed to be satisfied if that requirement is met in a direction deviating by not more than one-quarter of a degree from the direction of observation.

| 1.3. | In the case where the device may be installed on the vehicle in more than one or in a field of different positions the photometric measurements shall be repeated for each position or for the extreme positions of the field of the reference axis specified by the manufacturer. |
| --- | --- |

1.3.

2.   TABLE OF STANDARD LIGHT DISTRIBUTION IN SPACE FOR DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMPS OF CATEGORIES 1, 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B.

For direction indicators of category 6

(outer side of the vehicle)

| 2.1. | The direction H = 0° and V = 0° corresponds to the reference axis. (On the vehicle, it is horizontal, parallel to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and oriented in the required direction of visibility.) It passes through the centre of reference. The values shown in the tables give, for the various directions of measurement, the minimum intensities as a percentage of the minimum intensities required in the table in paragraph 6.1:






  2.1.1. | In the direction H = 0° and V = 0° for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b and in the case of category 5 in the angular area in the direction A as prescribed in Annex 1; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.1.

2.1.1.

In the direction H = 0° and V = 0° for categories 1, 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b and in the case of category 5 in the angular area in the direction A as prescribed in Annex 1;

| 2.1.2. | In the direction H = 5° and V = 0° for category 6. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.

In the direction H = 5° and V = 0° for category 6.

| 2.1.3. | However, in the case where a device is intended to be installed with its H plane at a mounting height less than 750 mm above the ground, the photometric intensity is verified only up to an angle of 5° downwards. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.3.

However, in the case where a device is intended to be installed with its H plane at a mounting height less than 750 mm above the ground, the photometric intensity is verified only up to an angle of 5° downwards.

| 2.2. | Within the field of light distribution of paragraph 2, schematically shown as a grid, the light pattern should be substantially uniform, i.e. in so far as the light intensity in each direction of a part of the field formed by the grid lines shall meet at least the lowest minimum value being shown on the grid lines surrounding the questioned direction as a percentage. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

3.   PHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENT OF LAMPS

The photometric performance shall be checked:

| 3.1. | For non-replaceable light sources (filament lamps and other):
  With the light sources present in the lamp, in accordance with the relevant subparagraph of paragraph 7.1 of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

For non-replaceable light sources (filament lamps and other):

With the light sources present in the lamp, in accordance with the relevant subparagraph of paragraph 7.1 of this Regulation.

| 3.2. | For replaceable light source(s): | When equipped with filament lamps at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V, the luminous intensity values produced shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the reference luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied (6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V). |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.2.

For replaceable light source(s):

When equipped with filament lamps at 6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V, the luminous intensity values produced shall be corrected. The correction factor is the ratio between the reference luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied (6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V).

| | For LED light sources the correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied (6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V). |
| --- | --- |

For LED light sources the correction factor is the ratio between the objective luminous flux and the mean value of the luminous flux found at the voltage applied (6,75 V, 13,5 V or 28,0 V).

| | The actual luminous fluxes of each light source used shall not deviate more than 5 % from the mean value. Alternatively and in case of filament lamps only, a standard filament lamp may be used in turn, in each of the individual positions, operated at its reference flux, the individual measurements in each position being added together. |
| --- | --- |

The actual luminous fluxes of each light source used shall not deviate more than 5 % from the mean value. Alternatively and in case of filament lamps only, a standard filament lamp may be used in turn, in each of the individual positions, operated at its reference flux, the individual measurements in each position being added together.

| 3.3. | For any direction indicator lamp except those equipped with filament lamp(s), the luminous intensities measured after one minute and after 30 minutes of operation in flashing mode (f = 1,5 Hz, duty factor 50 %), shall comply with the minimum and maximum requirements. The luminous intensity distribution after one minute of operation can be calculated by applying at each test point the ratio of luminous intensity measured in HV after one minute and after 30 minutes of operation as above described. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

For any direction indicator lamp except those equipped with filament lamp(s), the luminous intensities measured after one minute and after 30 minutes of operation in flashing mode (f = 1,5 Hz, duty factor 50 %), shall comply with the minimum and maximum requirements. The luminous intensity distribution after one minute of operation can be calculated by applying at each test point the ratio of luminous intensity measured in HV after one minute and after 30 minutes of operation as above described.

---

ANNEX 5

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION CONTROL PROCEDURES

1.   GENERAL

| 1.1. | The conformity requirements shall be considered satisfied from a mechanical and geometric standpoint, if the differences do not exceed inevitable manufacturing deviations within the requirements of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.2. | With respect to photometric performances, the conformity of mass-produced lamps shall not be contested if, when testing photometric performances of any lamp chosen at random according to paragraph 7 of this Regulation:






  1.2.1. | No measured value deviates unfavourably by more than 20 % from the values prescribed in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.2.

1.2.1.

No measured value deviates unfavourably by more than 20 % from the values prescribed in this Regulation.

| 1.2.2. | If, in the case of a direction indicator equipped with a replaceable light source and if results of the test described above do not meet the requirements, tests on direction indicators shall be repeated using another standard light source. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.2.

If, in the case of a direction indicator equipped with a replaceable light source and if results of the test described above do not meet the requirements, tests on direction indicators shall be repeated using another standard light source.

| 1.3. | The chromaticity coordinates shall be complied when tested under conditions of paragraph 7 of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

1.3.

2.   MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR VERIFICATION OF CONFORMITY BY THE MANUFACTURER

For each type of direction indicator the holder of the approval mark shall carry out at least the following tests, at appropriate intervals. The tests shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation.

If any sampling shows non-conformity with regard to the type of test concerned, further samples shall be taken and tested. The manufacturer shall take steps to ensure the conformity of the production concerned.

2.1.   Nature of tests

Tests of conformity in this Regulation shall cover the photometric and colorimetric characteristics.

2.2.   Methods used in tests

| 2.2.1. | Tests shall generally be carried out in accordance with the methods set out in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.1.

| 2.2.2. | In any test of conformity carried out by the manufacturer, equivalent methods may be used with the consent of the competent authority responsible for approval tests. The manufacturer is responsible for proving that the applied methods are equivalent to those laid down in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.

| 2.2.3. | The application of paragraphs 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 requires regular calibration of test apparatus and its correlation with measurements made by a competent authority. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.3.

| 2.2.4. | In all cases the reference methods shall be those of this Regulation, particularly for the purpose of administrative verification and sampling. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.4.

2.3.   Nature of sampling

Samples of direction indicators shall be selected at random from the production of a uniform batch. A uniform batch means a set of direction indicators of the same type, defined according to the production methods of the manufacturer.

The assessment shall in general cover series production from individual factories. However, a manufacturer may group together records concerning the same type from several factories, provided these operate under the same quality system and quality management.

2.4.   Measured and recorded photometric characteristics

The sampled lamp shall be subjected to photometric measurements for the minimum values at the points listed in Annex 4, and the required chromaticity coordinates.

2.5.   Criteria governing acceptability

The manufacturer is responsible for carrying out a statistical study of the test results and for defining, in agreement with the competent authority, criteria governing the acceptability of his products in order to meet the specifications laid down for verification of conformity of products in paragraph 10.1 of this Regulation.

The criteria governing the acceptability shall be such that, with a confidence level of 95 %, the minimum probability of passing a spot check in accordance with Annex 6 (first sampling) would be 0,95.

---

ANNEX 6

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAMPLING BY AN INSPECTOR

1.   GENERAL

| 1.1. | The conformity requirements shall be considered satisfied from a mechanical and a geometric standpoint, in accordance with the requirements of this Regulation, if any, if the differences do not exceed inevitable manufacturing deviations. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.2. | With respect to photometric performances, the conformity of mass-produced lamps shall not be contested if, when testing photometric performances of any lamp chosen at random according to paragraph 7 of this Regulation:






  1.2.1. | No measured value deviates unfavourably by more than 20 % from the values prescribed in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- | --- |

1.2.

1.2.1.

No measured value deviates unfavourably by more than 20 % from the values prescribed in this Regulation.

| 1.2.2. | If, in the case of a direction indicator equipped with a replaceable light source and if results of the test described above do not meet the requirements, tests on direction indicators shall be repeated using another standard light source. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.2.

If, in the case of a direction indicator equipped with a replaceable light source and if results of the test described above do not meet the requirements, tests on direction indicators shall be repeated using another standard light source.

| 1.2.3. | Direction indicators with apparent defects are disregarded. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.3.

Direction indicators with apparent defects are disregarded.

| 1.3. | The chromaticity coordinates shall be complied when tested under conditions of paragraph 7 of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

1.3.

2.   FIRST SAMPLING

In the first sampling four direction indicators are selected at random. The first sample of two is marked A, the second sample of two is marked B.

2.1.   The conformity is not contested

| 2.1.1. | Following the sampling procedure shown in Figure 1 of this annex the conformity of mass-produced direction indicators shall not be contested if the deviation of the measured values of the direction indicators in the unfavourable directions are:






  2.1.1.1. | Sample A







  A1: | One direction indicator | 0  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| A2: | Both direction indicators more than | 0  % |
| But not more than | 20  % |
| Go to sample B | |

2.1.1.

2.1.1.1.

Sample A

A1:

One direction indicator

0  %

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

A2:

Both direction indicators more than

0  %

But not more than

20  %

Go to sample B

| 2.1.1.2. | Sample B







  B1: | Both direction indicators | 0  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

2.1.1.2.

Sample B

B1:

Both direction indicators

0  %

| 2.1.2. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for sample A are fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.

2.2.   The conformity is contested

| 2.2.1. | Following the sampling procedure shown in Figure 1 of this annex the conformity of mass-produced direction indicators shall be contested and the manufacturer requested to make his production meet the requirements (alignment) if the deviations of the measured values of the direction indicators are:






  2.2.1.1. | Sample A







  A3: | One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 20  % |
| But not more than | 30  % |

2.2.1.

2.2.1.1.

Sample A

A3:

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

One direction indicator more than

20  %

But not more than

30  %

| 2.2.1.2. | Sample B







  B2: | On the case of A2 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 0  % |
| But not more than | 20  % |
| One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| B3: | On the case of A2 | |
| One direction indicator | 0  % |
| One direction indicator more than | 20  % |
| But not more than | 30  % |

2.2.1.2.

Sample B

B2:

On the case of A2

One direction indicator more than

0  %

But not more than

20  %

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

B3:

On the case of A2

One direction indicator

0  %

One direction indicator more than

20  %

But not more than

30  %

| 2.2.2. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for sample A are not fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.

2.3.   Approval withdrawn

Conformity shall be contested and paragraph 11 applied if, following the sampling procedure in Figure 1 of this annex, the deviations of the measured values of the direction indicators are:

| 2.3.1. | Sample A







  A4: | One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 30  % |
| A5: | Both direction indicators more than | 20  % |

2.3.1.

Sample A

A4:

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

One direction indicator more than

30  %

A5:

Both direction indicators more than

20  %

| 2.3.2. | Sample B







  B4: | In the case of A2 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 0  % |
| But not more than | 20  % |
| One direction indicator more than | 20  % |
| B5: | In the case of A2 | |
| Both direction indicators more than | 20  % |
| B6: | In the case of A2 | |
| One direction indicator | 0  % |
| One direction indicator more than | 30  % |

2.3.2.

Sample B

B4:

In the case of A2

One direction indicator more than

0  %

But not more than

20  %

One direction indicator more than

20  %

B5:

In the case of A2

Both direction indicators more than

20  %

B6:

In the case of A2

One direction indicator

0  %

One direction indicator more than

30  %

| 2.3.3. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for samples A and B are not fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.3.

Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for samples A and B are not fulfilled.

3.   REPEATED SAMPLING

In the cases of A3, B2, B3 a repeated sampling, third sample C of two direction indicators and fourth sample D of two direction indicators, selected from stock manufactured after alignment, is necessary within two months’ time after the notification.

3.1.   The conformity is not contested

| 3.1.1. | Following the sampling procedure shown in Figure 1 of this annex the conformity of mass-produced direction indicators shall not be contested if the deviations of the measured values of the direction indicators are:






  3.1.1.1. | Sample C







  C1: | One direction indicator | 0  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| C2: | Both direction indicators more than | 0  % |
| But not more than | 20  % |
| Go to sample D | |

3.1.1.

3.1.1.1.

Sample C

C1:

One direction indicator

0  %

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

C2:

Both direction indicators more than

0  %

But not more than

20  %

Go to sample D

| 3.1.1.2. | Sample D







  D1: | In the case of C2 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Both direction indicators | 0  % |

3.1.1.2.

Sample D

D1:

In the case of C2

Both direction indicators

0  %

| 3.1.2. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for sample C are fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.2.

3.2.   The conformity is contested

| 3.2.1. | Following the sampling procedure shown in Figure 1 of this annex the conformity of mass-produced direction indicators shall be contested and the manufacturer requested to make his production meet the requirements (alignment) if the deviations of the measured values of the direction indicators are:






  3.2.1.1. | Sample D







  D2: | In the case of C2 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 0  % |
| But not more than | 20  % |
| One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |

3.2.1.

3.2.1.1.

Sample D

D2:

In the case of C2

One direction indicator more than

0  %

But not more than

20  %

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

| 3.2.1.2. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for sample C are not fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.1.2.

Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for sample C are not fulfilled.

3.3.   Approval withdrawn

Conformity shall be contested and paragraph 11 applied if, following the sampling procedure in Figure 1 of this annex, the deviations of the measured values of the direction indicators are:

| 3.3.1. | Sample C







  C3: | One direction indicator not more than | 20  % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator more than | 20  % |
| C4: | Both direction indicators more than | 20  % |

3.3.1.

Sample C

C3:

One direction indicator not more than

20  %

One direction indicator more than

20  %

C4:

Both direction indicators more than

20  %

| 3.3.2. | Sample D







  D3: | In the case of C2 | |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| One direction indicator 0 or more than | 0  % |
| One direction indicator more than | 20  % |

3.3.2.

Sample D

D3:

In the case of C2

One direction indicator 0 or more than

0  %

One direction indicator more than

20  %

| 3.3.3. | Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for samples C and D are not fulfilled. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.3.

Or if the conditions of paragraph 1.2.2 for samples C and D are not fulfilled.

Figure 1

Possible results on sample A

2 devices

First Sampling

4 devices selected at random split into samples A&B

2 devices

END

go over to sample B

END

Alignment

Manufacturer is ordered to bring the products in line with the requirements

2 devices

Repeated sampling

4 devices selected at random split into samples C&D

2 devices

END

go over to sample D

Possible results on sample D

Possible results on sample B

Poss. results on sample C

END

go to alignment

Approval withdrawn

Maximum deviation [per cent] in the unfavourable direction in relation to the limit values

---

| 18.7.2014 | EN | Official Journal of the European Union | L 213/36 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

18.7.2014

EN

Official Journal of the European Union

L 213/36

---

Only the original UN/ECE texts have legal effect under international public law. The status and date of entry into force of this Regulation should be checked in the latest version of the UN/ECE status document TRANS/WP.29/343, available at: http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29wgs/wp29gen/wp29fdocstts.html

Regulation No 37 of the Economic Commission for Europe of the United Nations (UN/ECE) — Uniform provisions concerning the approval of filament lamps for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and of their trailers

Incorporating all valid text up to:

Supplement 42 to the 03 series of amendments — Date of entry into force: 10 June 2014

CONTENTS

REGULATION

| 1. | Scope |
| --- | --- |

1.

| 2. | Administrative provisions |
| --- | --- |

2.

| 3. | Technical requirements |
| --- | --- |

3.

| 4. | Conformity of production |
| --- | --- |

4.

| 5. | Penalties for non-conformity of production |
| --- | --- |

5.

| 6. | Production definitively discontinued |
| --- | --- |

6.

| 7. | Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests, and of Type Approval Authorities |
| --- | --- |

7.

| 8. | Transitional provisions |
| --- | --- |

8.

ANNEXES

| 1 | Sheets for filament lamps |
| --- | --- |

1

| 2 | Communication |
| --- | --- |

2

| 3 | Example of the arrangement of the approval mark |
| --- | --- |

3

| 4 | Luminous centre and shapes of filament lamps |
| --- | --- |

4

| 5 | Checking the colour of filament lamps |
| --- | --- |

5

| 6 | Minimum requirements for quality control procedures by the manufacturer |
| --- | --- |

6

| 7 | Sampling and compliance levels for manufacturer test records |
| --- | --- |

7

| 8 | Minimum requirements for spot checks by the Type Approval Authority |
| --- | --- |

8

| 9 | Compliance approved by spot check |
| --- | --- |

9

| 10 | Translation of the terms used in the drawings in Annex 1 |
| --- | --- |

10

1.   SCOPE

This Regulation applies to filament lamps shown in Annex 1 and intended for use in approved lamp units of power-driven vehicles and of their trailers.

2.   ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

2.1.   Definitions

2.1.1.   Definition of ‘category’

The term ‘category’ is used in this Regulation to describe different basic design of standardised filament lamps. Each category has a specific designation, as for example: ‘H4’, ‘P21W’, ‘T4W’, ‘PY21W’ or ‘RR10W’.

2.1.2.   Definition of ‘type’

type

Filament lamps of different (1)
  ‘types’ are filament lamps within the same category which differ in such essential respects as:

1

| 2.1.2.1. | Trade name or mark (Filament lamps bearing the same trade name or mark but produced by different manufacturers are considered as being of different types. Filament lamps produced by the same manufacturer differing only by the trade name or mark may be considered to be of the same type); |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.1.

Trade name or mark (Filament lamps bearing the same trade name or mark but produced by different manufacturers are considered as being of different types. Filament lamps produced by the same manufacturer differing only by the trade name or mark may be considered to be of the same type);

| 2.1.2.2. | Bulb design and/or cap design, in so far as these differences affect the optical results; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.2.

Bulb design and/or cap design, in so far as these differences affect the optical results;

| 2.1.2.3. | Rated voltage; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.3.

Rated voltage;

| 2.1.2.4. | Halogen. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.2.4.

Halogen.

2.2.   Application for approval

| 2.2.1. | Application for approval shall be submitted by the owner of the trade name or mark, or by his duly accredited representative. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.1.

Application for approval shall be submitted by the owner of the trade name or mark, or by his duly accredited representative.

| 2.2.2. | Every application for approval shall be accompanied (see also paragraph 2.4.2) by:






  2.2.2.1. | Drawings in triplicate, sufficiently detailed to permit identification of the type; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.2.2.

Every application for approval shall be accompanied (see also paragraph 2.4.2) by:

2.2.2.1.

Drawings in triplicate, sufficiently detailed to permit identification of the type;

| 2.2.2.2. | A brief technical description; |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.2.

A brief technical description;

| 2.2.2.3. | Five samples of each colour which has been applied for; |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.3.

Five samples of each colour which has been applied for;

| 2.2.3. | In the case of a type of filament lamp differing only by the trade name or mark from a type that has already been approved it shall be sufficient to submit:






  2.2.3.1. | A declaration by the manufacturer that the type submitted is identical (except in the trade name or mark) with and has been produced by the same manufacturer as, the type already approved, the latter being identified by its approval code; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.2.3.

In the case of a type of filament lamp differing only by the trade name or mark from a type that has already been approved it shall be sufficient to submit:

2.2.3.1.

A declaration by the manufacturer that the type submitted is identical (except in the trade name or mark) with and has been produced by the same manufacturer as, the type already approved, the latter being identified by its approval code;

| 2.2.3.2. | Two samples bearing the new trade name or mark. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.3.2.

Two samples bearing the new trade name or mark.

| 2.2.4. | The competent authority shall verify the existence of satisfactory arrangements for ensuring effective control of the conformity of production before type approval is granted. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.4.

The competent authority shall verify the existence of satisfactory arrangements for ensuring effective control of the conformity of production before type approval is granted.

2.3.   Inscriptions

| 2.3.1. | Filament lamps submitted for approval shall bear on the cap or bulb (2):






  2.3.1.1. | The trade name or mark of the applicant; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.3.1.

Filament lamps submitted for approval shall bear on the cap or bulb (2

2.3.1.1.

The trade name or mark of the applicant;

| 2.3.1.2. | The rated voltage. However, for filament lamps for which only a 12 V type is standardised and the maximum allowed bulb diameter of which does not exceed 7,5 mm, the rated voltage need not be marked; |
| --- | --- |

2.3.1.2.

The rated voltage. However, for filament lamps for which only a 12 V type is standardised and the maximum allowed bulb diameter of which does not exceed 7,5 mm, the rated voltage need not be marked;

| 2.3.1.3. | The international designation of the relevant category. The wattage character ‘W’ of this designation need not be marked when the maximum allowed bulb diameter of the filament lamp type does not exceed 7,5 mm; |
| --- | --- |

2.3.1.3.

The international designation of the relevant category. The wattage character ‘W’ of this designation need not be marked when the maximum allowed bulb diameter of the filament lamp type does not exceed 7,5 mm;

| 2.3.1.4. | The rated wattage (in the sequence, high wattage/low wattage filament for dual-filament lamps); this need not be indicated separately if it is part of the international designation of the relevant filament lamp category; |
| --- | --- |

2.3.1.4.

The rated wattage (in the sequence, high wattage/low wattage filament for dual-filament lamps); this need not be indicated separately if it is part of the international designation of the relevant filament lamp category;

| 2.3.1.5. | A space of sufficient size to accommodate the approval mark. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.1.5.

A space of sufficient size to accommodate the approval mark.

| 2.3.2. | The space mentioned in paragraph 2.3.1.5 above shall be indicated in the drawings accompanying the application for approval. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.2.

The space mentioned in paragraph 2.3.1.5 above shall be indicated in the drawings accompanying the application for approval.

| 2.3.3. | Halogen filament lamps meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.7 below shall be marked with a ‘U’. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.3.

Halogen filament lamps meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.7 below shall be marked with a ‘U’.

| 2.3.4. | Inscriptions other than those covered by paragraphs 2.3.1 and 2.4.3 may be affixed, on the condition that they do not adversely affect the luminous characteristics. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.4.

Inscriptions other than those covered by paragraphs 2.3.1 and 2.4.3 may be affixed, on the condition that they do not adversely affect the luminous characteristics.

2.4.   Approval

| 2.4.1. | If all samples of a type of filament lamp which are submitted in pursuance of paragraphs 2.2.2.3 or 2.2.3.2 above meet the requirements of this Regulation, approval shall be granted. |
| --- | --- |

2.4.1.

If all samples of a type of filament lamp which are submitted in pursuance of paragraphs 2.2.2.3 or 2.2.3.2 above meet the requirements of this Regulation, approval shall be granted.

| 2.4.2. | An approval code shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first character (at present 2, corresponding to the 02 series of amendments which entered into force on 27 October 1983 and to the 03 series of amendments (not requiring changes in the approval number), which entered into force on 1 June 1984) shall indicate the series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. This will be followed by an identification code comprising not more than three characters. Only the Arabic numerals and capital letters listed in footnote (3) shall be used. The same Contracting Party may not assign the same code to another type of filament lamp. Notice of approval or of extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitively discontinued of a type of filament lamp pursuant to this Regulation shall be communicated to the Parties of the Agreement which apply this Regulation by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation and of a drawing, supplied by the applicant for approval in a format not exceeding A4 (210 × 297 mm) and on a scale of at least 2: 1. If the applicant so desires, the same approval code may be assigned to the filament lamp emitting white light and to the filament lamp emitting selective-yellow light (see para. 2.1.2.3). |
| --- | --- |

2.4.2.

An approval code shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first character (at present 2, corresponding to the 02 series of amendments which entered into force on 27 October 1983 and to the 03 series of amendments (not requiring changes in the approval number), which entered into force on 1 June 1984) shall indicate the series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. This will be followed by an identification code comprising not more than three characters. Only the Arabic numerals and capital letters listed in footnote (3

| 2.4.3. | To every filament lamp conforming to a type approved under this Regulation there shall be affixed in the space referred to in paragraph 2.3.1.5, in addition to the inscriptions required under paragraph 2.3.1, an international approval mark consisting of:






  2.4.3.1. | A truncated circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval (4); |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.4.3.

To every filament lamp conforming to a type approved under this Regulation there shall be affixed in the space referred to in paragraph 2.3.1.5, in addition to the inscriptions required under paragraph 2.3.1, an international approval mark consisting of:

2.4.3.1.

A truncated circle surrounding the letter ‘E’ followed by the distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval (4);

4

| 2.4.3.2. | The approval code, placed close to the truncated circle. |
| --- | --- |

2.4.3.2.

The approval code, placed close to the truncated circle.

| 2.4.4. | If the applicant has obtained the same approval code for several trade names or marks, one or more of them will suffice to meet the requirements of paragraph 2.3.1.1. |
| --- | --- |

2.4.4.

If the applicant has obtained the same approval code for several trade names or marks, one or more of them will suffice to meet the requirements of paragraph 2.3.1.1.

| 2.4.5. | The marks and inscriptions specified in paragraphs 2.3.1 and 2.4.3 shall be clearly legible and be indelible. |
| --- | --- |

2.4.5.

The marks and inscriptions specified in paragraphs 2.3.1 and 2.4.3 shall be clearly legible and be indelible.

| 2.4.6. | Annex 3 to this Regulation gives an example of arrangement of the approval mark. |
| --- | --- |

2.4.6.

Annex 3 to this Regulation gives an example of arrangement of the approval mark.

3.   TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1.   Definitions

3.1.1.   Rated voltage: voltage (in volts) marked on the filament lamp;

Rated voltage

3.1.2.   Rated wattage: wattage (in watts) marked on the filament lamp which may be incorporated into the international designation of the relevant category;

Rated wattage

3.1.3.   Test voltage: voltage, at the filament lamp terminals for which the electrical and photometric characteristics of the filament lamp are intended and are to be tested.

Test voltage

3.1.4.   Objective values: values to be achieved, within the specified tolerances, when the filament lamp is supplied with current at its test voltage;

Objective values

3.1.5.   Standard (étalon) filament lamp: a filament lamp emitting white or amber or red light with reduced dimensional tolerances, used for the photometric testing of lighting and light-signalling devices. Standard filament lamps are specified in only one voltage rating for each category;

Standard (étalon) filament lamp

3.1.6.   Reference luminous flux: specified luminous flux of a standard filament lamp to which the optical characteristics of a lighting device shall be referred;

Reference luminous flux

3.1.7.   Measuring luminous flux: specified value of the luminous flux for testing a filament lamp in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9;

Measuring luminous flux

3.1.8.   Reference axis: an axis defined with reference to the cap and to which certain dimensions of the filament lamp are referred;

Reference axis

3.1.9.   Reference plane: a plane defined with reference to the cap and to which certain dimensions of the filament lamp are referred.

Reference plane

3.1.10.   Filament light source (filament lamp): a light source where the element for visible radiation is one or more heated filaments producing thermal radiation.

Filament light source (filament lamp)

3.2.   General specifications

| 3.2.1. | Each sample submitted shall conform to the relevant specifications of this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.1.

Each sample submitted shall conform to the relevant specifications of this Regulation.

| 3.2.2. | Filament lamps shall be so designed as to be and to remain in good working order when in normal use. They shall moreover exhibit no fault in design or manufacture. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.2.

Filament lamps shall be so designed as to be and to remain in good working order when in normal use. They shall moreover exhibit no fault in design or manufacture.

| 3.2.3. | The filament(s) as specified in the data sheet of the relevant category in Annex 1 shall be the only element(s) of the filament lamp that generate and emit light when energised. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.3.

The filament(s) as specified in the data sheet of the relevant category in Annex 1 shall be the only element(s) of the filament lamp that generate and emit light when energised.

3.3.   Manufacture

| 3.3.1. | Filament lamp bulbs shall exhibit no scores or spots which might impair their efficiency and their optical performance. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.1.

Filament lamp bulbs shall exhibit no scores or spots which might impair their efficiency and their optical performance.

| 3.3.2. | Filament lamps shall be equipped with standard caps complying with the cap data sheets of IEC Publication 60061, third edition, as specified on the individual data sheets of Annex 1. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.2.

Filament lamps shall be equipped with standard caps complying with the cap data sheets of IEC Publication 60061, third edition, as specified on the individual data sheets of Annex 1.

| 3.3.3. | The cap shall be strong and firmly secured to the bulb. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.3.

The cap shall be strong and firmly secured to the bulb.

| 3.3.4. | To ascertain whether filament lamps conform to the requirements of paragraphs 3.3.1 to 3.3.3 above, a visual inspection, a dimension check and, where necessary, a trial fitting shall be carried out. |
| --- | --- |

3.3.4.

To ascertain whether filament lamps conform to the requirements of paragraphs 3.3.1 to 3.3.3 above, a visual inspection, a dimension check and, where necessary, a trial fitting shall be carried out.

3.4.   Tests

| 3.4.1. | Filament lamps shall first be aged at their test voltage for approximately one hour. For dual-filament lamps, each filament shall be aged separately. In the case of filament lamps, for which more than one test voltage is specified, the highest test voltage value shall be used for ageing. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.1.

Filament lamps shall first be aged at their test voltage for approximately one hour. For dual-filament lamps, each filament shall be aged separately. In the case of filament lamps, for which more than one test voltage is specified, the highest test voltage value shall be used for ageing.

| 3.4.2. | In the case of a filament lamp having a coated bulb, after the ageing period corresponding to paragraph 3.4.1, the surface of the bulb shall be lightly wiped with a cotton cloth soaked in a mixture of 70 vol. per cent of n-heptane and 30 vol. per cent of toluol. After about five minutes, the surface shall be inspected visually. It shall not show any apparent changes. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.2.

In the case of a filament lamp having a coated bulb, after the ageing period corresponding to paragraph 3.4.1, the surface of the bulb shall be lightly wiped with a cotton cloth soaked in a mixture of 70 vol. per cent of n-heptane and 30 vol. per cent of toluol. After about five minutes, the surface shall be inspected visually. It shall not show any apparent changes.

| 3.4.3. | The position and dimensions of the filament shall be measured with the filament lamps being supplied with current at from 90 per cent to 100 per cent of the test voltage. In the case of filament lamps, for which more than one test voltage is specified, the highest test voltage value shall be used for measurement of the position and dimensions of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.3.

The position and dimensions of the filament shall be measured with the filament lamps being supplied with current at from 90 per cent to 100 per cent of the test voltage. In the case of filament lamps, for which more than one test voltage is specified, the highest test voltage value shall be used for measurement of the position and dimensions of the filament.

| 3.4.4. | Unless otherwise specified, electrical and photometric measurements shall be carried out at the test voltage(s). |
| --- | --- |

3.4.4.

Unless otherwise specified, electrical and photometric measurements shall be carried out at the test voltage(s).

| 3.4.5. | Electrical measurements shall be carried out with instruments of at least class 0,2. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.5.

Electrical measurements shall be carried out with instruments of at least class 0,2.

| 3.4.6. | The luminous flux (in lumen) specified on the filament lamp data sheets of Annex 1 is valid for filament lamps emitting white light unless a special colour is stated there.
  In the case where the selective-yellow colour is allowed, the luminous flux of the filament lamp with the selective-yellow outer bulb shall be at least 85 per cent of the specified luminous flux of the relevant filament lamp emitting white light. |
| --- | --- |

3.4.6.

The luminous flux (in lumen) specified on the filament lamp data sheets of Annex 1 is valid for filament lamps emitting white light unless a special colour is stated there.

In the case where the selective-yellow colour is allowed, the luminous flux of the filament lamp with the selective-yellow outer bulb shall be at least 85 per cent of the specified luminous flux of the relevant filament lamp emitting white light.

3.5.   Filament position and dimensions

| 3.5.1. | The geometric shapes of the filament shall in principle be as specified on the filament lamp data sheets of Annex 1. |
| --- | --- |

3.5.1.

The geometric shapes of the filament shall in principle be as specified on the filament lamp data sheets of Annex 1.

| 3.5.2. | For line filaments the correct position and shape shall be checked as specified in the relevant data sheets. |
| --- | --- |

3.5.2.

For line filaments the correct position and shape shall be checked as specified in the relevant data sheets.

| 3.5.3. | If the filament is shown on the filament lamp data sheet in at least one view as a point, the position of the luminous centre shall be determined in conformity with Annex 4. |
| --- | --- |

3.5.3.

If the filament is shown on the filament lamp data sheet in at least one view as a point, the position of the luminous centre shall be determined in conformity with Annex 4.

| 3.5.4. | The length of a line filament shall be determined by its ends, defined — unless otherwise specified on the relevant data sheet — as the apices of the first and the last filament turn as seen in projection perpendicular to the reference axis of the filament lamp. Such an apex shall comply with the requirement that the angle formed by the legs shall not exceed 90°. In the case of coiled-coil filaments the apices of the secondary turns shall be taken into account.






  3.5.4.1. | For axial filaments the extreme position of the apices considered shall be determined by rotating the filament lamp about its reference axis. The length shall then be measured in a direction parallel to the reference axis. |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.5.4.

The length of a line filament shall be determined by its ends, defined — unless otherwise specified on the relevant data sheet — as the apices of the first and the last filament turn as seen in projection perpendicular to the reference axis of the filament lamp. Such an apex shall comply with the requirement that the angle formed by the legs shall not exceed 90°. In the case of coiled-coil filaments the apices of the secondary turns shall be taken into account.

3.5.4.1.

For axial filaments the extreme position of the apices considered shall be determined by rotating the filament lamp about its reference axis. The length shall then be measured in a direction parallel to the reference axis.

| 3.5.4.2. | For transverse filaments the filament axis shall be placed perpendicular to the direction of projection. The length shall be measured in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.5.4.2.

For transverse filaments the filament axis shall be placed perpendicular to the direction of projection. The length shall be measured in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis.

3.6.   Colour

| 3.6.1. | The colour of the light emitted by the filament lamp shall be white unless otherwise specified on the relevant data sheet. |
| --- | --- |

3.6.1.

The colour of the light emitted by the filament lamp shall be white unless otherwise specified on the relevant data sheet.

| 3.6.2. | The definitions of the colour of the light emitted, given in Regulation No 48 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval, shall apply to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.6.2.

The definitions of the colour of the light emitted, given in Regulation No 48 and its series of amendments in force at the time of application for type approval, shall apply to this Regulation.

| 3.6.3. | The colour of the light emitted shall be measured by the method specified in Annex 5. Each measured value shall lie within the required tolerance area (5). Moreover, in the case of filament lamps emitting white light, the measured values shall not deviate more than 0,020 unit in the x and/or y direction from a point of choice on the Planckian locus (CIE 015:2004, 3rd edition). Filament lamps for use in light signalling devices shall meet the requirements as specified in paragraph 2.4.2 of IEC Publication 60809, Edition 3. |
| --- | --- |

3.6.3.

The colour of the light emitted shall be measured by the method specified in Annex 5. Each measured value shall lie within the required tolerance area (5

3.7.   UV radiation

The UV radiation of a halogen lamp shall be such that:

Formula

Formula

where:

| Ee (λ) | (W/nm) | is the spectral distribution of the radiant flux; |
| --- | --- | --- |
| V (λ) | (1) | is the spectral luminous efficiency; |
| km = 683 | (lm/W) | is the photometric radiation equivalent; |
| λ | (nm) | is the wave length. |

Ee (λ)

e

(W/nm)

is the spectral distribution of the radiant flux;

V (λ)

(1)

is the spectral luminous efficiency;

km = 683

m

(lm/W)

is the photometric radiation equivalent;

λ

(nm)

is the wave length.

This value shall be calculated using intervals of five nanometres.

3.8.   Observation concerning selective-yellow colour

An approval of a filament lamp type under this Regulation may be granted, pursuant to paragraph 3.6 above, for a filament lamp emitting white light as well as selective-yellow light; Article 3 of the Agreement to which this Regulation is annexed shall not prevent the Contracting Parties from prohibiting, on vehicles registered by them, filament lamps emitting either white or selective-yellow light.

3.9.   Check on optical quality

(Applies only to filament lamps of categories R2, H4 and HS1).

| 3.9.1. | This check on optical quality shall be carried out at a voltage such that the measuring luminous flux is obtained; the specifications of paragraph 3.4.6 are to be observed accordingly. |
| --- | --- |

3.9.1.

This check on optical quality shall be carried out at a voltage such that the measuring luminous flux is obtained; the specifications of paragraph 3.4.6 are to be observed accordingly.

| 3.9.2. | For 12-Volt filament lamps emitting white light:
  The sample which most nearly conforms to the requirements laid down for the standard filament lamp shall be tested in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 and it shall be verified whether the assembly comprising the aforesaid headlamp and the filament lamp being tested meets the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

3.9.2.

For 12-Volt filament lamps emitting white light:

The sample which most nearly conforms to the requirements laid down for the standard filament lamp shall be tested in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 and it shall be verified whether the assembly comprising the aforesaid headlamp and the filament lamp being tested meets the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation.

| 3.9.3. | For 6-Volt and 24-Volt filament lamps emitting white light:
  The sample which most nearly conforms to the nominal dimension values shall be tested in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 and it shall be verified whether the assembly comprising the aforesaid headlamp and the filament lamp being tested meets the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation. Deviations not exceeding 10 per cent of the minimum values will be acceptable. |
| --- | --- |

3.9.3.

For 6-Volt and 24-Volt filament lamps emitting white light:

The sample which most nearly conforms to the nominal dimension values shall be tested in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 and it shall be verified whether the assembly comprising the aforesaid headlamp and the filament lamp being tested meets the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation. Deviations not exceeding 10 per cent of the minimum values will be acceptable.

| 3.9.4. | Filament lamps emitting selective-yellow light shall be tested in the same manner as described in paragraphs 3.9.2 and 3.9.3 in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 to ensure that the illumination complies with at least 85 per cent for 12-Volt filament lamps, and at least 77 per cent for 6-Volt and 24-Volt filament lamps, with the minimum values of the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation. The maximum illumination limits remain unchanged.
  In the case of a filament lamp having a selective-yellow bulb, this test shall be left out if the approval is also given to the same type of filament lamp emitting white light. |
| --- | --- |

3.9.4.

Filament lamps emitting selective-yellow light shall be tested in the same manner as described in paragraphs 3.9.2 and 3.9.3 in a standard headlamp as specified in paragraph 3.9.5 to ensure that the illumination complies with at least 85 per cent for 12-Volt filament lamps, and at least 77 per cent for 6-Volt and 24-Volt filament lamps, with the minimum values of the light-distribution requirements laid down for the passing beam in the relevant Regulation. The maximum illumination limits remain unchanged.

In the case of a filament lamp having a selective-yellow bulb, this test shall be left out if the approval is also given to the same type of filament lamp emitting white light.

| 3.9.5. | A headlamp shall be deemed to be a standard headlamp if:






  3.9.5.1. | It satisfies the pertinent conditions of approval; |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.9.5.

A headlamp shall be deemed to be a standard headlamp if:

3.9.5.1.

It satisfies the pertinent conditions of approval;

| 3.9.5.2. | It has an effective diameter of not less than 160 mm; |
| --- | --- |

3.9.5.2.

It has an effective diameter of not less than 160 mm;

| 3.9.5.3. | With a standard filament lamp it produces at the various points and in the various zones specified for the headlamp type concerned, illumination equal to:






  3.9.5.3.1. | Not more than 90 per cent of the maximum limits; |
| --- | --- | --- |

3.9.5.3.

With a standard filament lamp it produces at the various points and in the various zones specified for the headlamp type concerned, illumination equal to:

3.9.5.3.1.

Not more than 90 per cent of the maximum limits;

| 3.9.5.3.2. | Not less than 120 per cent of the minimum limits prescribed for the headlamp type concerned. |
| --- | --- |

3.9.5.3.2.

Not less than 120 per cent of the minimum limits prescribed for the headlamp type concerned.

3.10.   Standard filament lamps

Additional requirements for standard (étalon) filament lamps are given on the relevant data sheets of Annex 1.

Bulbs of standard (étalon) filament lamps emitting white light shall not alter the CIE trichromatic coordinates of a luminous source having a colour temperature of 2 856 K by more than 0,010 units in the x and/or y direction.

For standard (étalon) filament lamps emitting amber or red light, changes of the bulb temperature shall not affect the luminous flux which might impair photometric measurements of signalling devices.

4.   CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

| 4.1. | Filament lamps approved to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the inscriptions and technical requirements set forth in paragraph 3 above and Annexes 1, 3 and 4 to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

4.1.

Filament lamps approved to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approved by meeting the inscriptions and technical requirements set forth in paragraph 3 above and Annexes 1, 3 and 4 to this Regulation.

| 4.2. | In order to verify that the requirements of paragraph 4.1. are met, suitable controls of the production shall be carried out. |
| --- | --- |

4.2.

In order to verify that the requirements of paragraph 4.1. are met, suitable controls of the production shall be carried out.

| 4.3. | The holder of the approval shall in particular:






  4.3.1. | Ensure existence of procedures for the effective control of the quality of products, |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.3.

The holder of the approval shall in particular:

4.3.1.

Ensure existence of procedures for the effective control of the quality of products,

| 4.3.2. | Have access to the control equipment necessary for checking the conformity to each approved type, |
| --- | --- |

4.3.2.

Have access to the control equipment necessary for checking the conformity to each approved type,

| 4.3.3. | Ensure that data of test results are recorded and that related documents shall remain available for a period to be determined in accordance with the administrative service, |
| --- | --- |

4.3.3.

Ensure that data of test results are recorded and that related documents shall remain available for a period to be determined in accordance with the administrative service,

| 4.3.4. | Analyse the results of each type of test, applying criteria of Annex 7, in order to verify and ensure the stability of the product characteristics making allowance for variation of an industrial production, |
| --- | --- |

4.3.4.

Analyse the results of each type of test, applying criteria of Annex 7, in order to verify and ensure the stability of the product characteristics making allowance for variation of an industrial production,

| 4.3.5. | Ensure that for each type of filament lamp, at least the tests prescribed in Annex 6 to this Regulation are carried out, |
| --- | --- |

4.3.5.

Ensure that for each type of filament lamp, at least the tests prescribed in Annex 6 to this Regulation are carried out,

| 4.3.6. | Ensure that any collecting of samples giving evidence of non-conformity with the type of test considered shall give rise to another sampling and another test. All the necessary steps shall be taken to re-establish the conformity of the corresponding production. |
| --- | --- |

4.3.6.

Ensure that any collecting of samples giving evidence of non-conformity with the type of test considered shall give rise to another sampling and another test. All the necessary steps shall be taken to re-establish the conformity of the corresponding production.

| 4.4. | The competent authority which has granted type-approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applicable to each production unit.






  4.4.1. | In every inspection, the test books and production survey records shall be presented to the visiting inspector. |
| --- | --- | --- |

4.4.

The competent authority which has granted type-approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applicable to each production unit.

4.4.1.

In every inspection, the test books and production survey records shall be presented to the visiting inspector.

| 4.4.2. | The inspector may take samples at random which will be tested in the manufacturer's laboratory. The minimum number of samples may be determined according to the results of the manufacturer's own verification. |
| --- | --- |

4.4.2.

The inspector may take samples at random which will be tested in the manufacturer's laboratory. The minimum number of samples may be determined according to the results of the manufacturer's own verification.

| 4.4.3. | When the quality level appears unsatisfactory or when it seems necessary to verify the validity of the tests carried out in application of paragraph 4.4.2 above, the inspector shall select samples, to be sent to the Technical Service which has conducted the type approval tests. |
| --- | --- |

4.4.3.

When the quality level appears unsatisfactory or when it seems necessary to verify the validity of the tests carried out in application of paragraph 4.4.2 above, the inspector shall select samples, to be sent to the Technical Service which has conducted the type approval tests.

| 4.4.4. | The competent authority may carry out any tests prescribed in this Regulation. Where the competent authority decides to carry out spot checks, criteria of Annexes 8 and 9 to this Regulation shall be applied. |
| --- | --- |

4.4.4.

The competent authority may carry out any tests prescribed in this Regulation. Where the competent authority decides to carry out spot checks, criteria of Annexes 8 and 9 to this Regulation shall be applied.

| 4.4.5. | The normal frequency of inspection authorised by the competent authority shall be one every two years. In the case where negative results are recorded during one of these visits, the competent authority shall ensure that all necessary steps are taken to re-establish the conformity of production as rapidly as possible. |
| --- | --- |

4.4.5.

The normal frequency of inspection authorised by the competent authority shall be one every two years. In the case where negative results are recorded during one of these visits, the competent authority shall ensure that all necessary steps are taken to re-establish the conformity of production as rapidly as possible.

5.   PENALTIES FOR NON-CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

| 5.1. | The approval granted in respect of a filament lamp pursuant to this Regulation may be withdrawn if the requirements are not met or if a filament lamp bearing the approval mark does not conform to the type approved. |
| --- | --- |

5.1.

The approval granted in respect of a filament lamp pursuant to this Regulation may be withdrawn if the requirements are not met or if a filament lamp bearing the approval mark does not conform to the type approved.

| 5.2. | If a Contracting Party to the Agreement applying this Regulation withdraws an approval it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation, by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

5.2.

If a Contracting Party to the Agreement applying this Regulation withdraws an approval it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting Parties applying this Regulation, by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

6.   PRODUCTION DEFINITIVELY DISCONTINUED

If the holder of the approval completely ceases to manufacture a type of filament lamp approved in accordance with this Regulation, he shall so inform the Type Approval Authority which has granted the approval. Upon receiving the relevant communication, that Type Approval Authority shall inform thereof the other Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to the model in Annex 2 to this Regulation.

7.   NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF THE TECHNICAL SERVICES RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING APPROVAL TESTS, AND OF TYPE APPROVAL AUTHORITIES

The Parties to the 1958 Agreement which apply this Regulation shall communicate to the United Nations secretariat the names and addresses of the Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests and of the Type Approval Authorities which grant approval and to which forms certifying approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval, or production definitively discontinued issued in other countries, are to be sent.

8.   TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

| 8.1. | Approvals granted under the preceding series of amendments shall remain valid, except that for conformity of production, current production filament lamps shall comply with the requirements of the latest series of amendments starting 12 months from the date of application of this amendment (6). |
| --- | --- |

8.1.

Approvals granted under the preceding series of amendments shall remain valid, except that for conformity of production, current production filament lamps shall comply with the requirements of the latest series of amendments starting 12 months from the date of application of this amendment (6

| 8.2 | The correspondence between the former designations and the new ones is indicated in the following table:






  Old designations | New designations in the 03 series of amendments |
| --- | --- | --- |
| P25-1 | P21W |
| P25-2 | P21/5W |
| R19/5 | R5W |
| R19/10 | R10W |
| C11 | C5W |
| C15 | C21W |
| T8/4 | T4W |
| W10/5 | W5W |
| W10/3 | W3W |

8.2

The correspondence between the former designations and the new ones is indicated in the following table:

Old designations

New designations in the 03 series of amendments

P25-1

P21W

P25-2

P21/5W

R19/5

R5W

R19/10

R10W

C11

C5W

C15

C21W

T8/4

T4W

W10/5

W5W

W10/3

W3W

| 8.3. | As from the period after the entry into force of the Supplements to the 03 series of amendments, as indicated for each category in the table for group 3 in Annex 1, no filament lamps of these categories or of the types within these categories shall be used in lamps submitted for type approval. |
| --- | --- |

8.3.

As from the period after the entry into force of the Supplements to the 03 series of amendments, as indicated for each category in the table for group 3 in Annex 1, no filament lamps of these categories or of the types within these categories shall be used in lamps submitted for type approval.

| 8.4. | However, for the period after entry into force of the Supplements to the 03 series of amendments, as indicated in the table for group 3 in Annex 1, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may continue to grant approvals for lamps in which filament lamps of these categories or of the types within these categories are used, provided that these lamps are intended as replacement parts for installation on vehicles in use. |
| --- | --- |

8.4.

However, for the period after entry into force of the Supplements to the 03 series of amendments, as indicated in the table for group 3 in Annex 1, Contracting Parties applying this Regulation may continue to grant approvals for lamps in which filament lamps of these categories or of the types within these categories are used, provided that these lamps are intended as replacement parts for installation on vehicles in use.

---

(1)  A selective-yellow bulb or an additional selective-yellow outer bulb, solely intended to change the colour but not the other characteristics of a filament lamp emitting white light, does not constitute a change of type of the filament lamp.

1

(2)  In the latter case, the luminous characteristics shall not be adversely affected.

2

(3)  0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

3

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z

(4)  The distinguishing numbers of the Contracting Parties to the 1958 Agreement are reproduced in Annex 3 to Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3), document TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2/Amend.1.

4

(5)  For Conformity of Production purposes of amber and red colour only, at least 80 per cent of the measuring results shall lie within the required tolerance area.

5

(6)  The amended text of this paragraph was introduced by Supplement 14 to the 03 series of amendments. This supplement entered into force on 3 September 1997 and it also introduced in the text of the Regulation new paragraphs 2.3.3 and 3.7 and in Annex 1 new sheets HIR1 and PY27/7W.

6

---

ANNEX 1

SHEETS
   (*1)
  FOR FILAMENT LAMPS

List of categories of filament lamps, grouped and their sheet numbers.

Group 1

Without general restrictions:

| Category | Sheet number(s) |
| --- | --- |
| H1 (5) | H1/1 to 3 |
| H3 (5) | H3/1 to 4 |
| H4 | H4/1 to 5 |
| H7 | H7/1 to 4 |
| H8 | H8/1 to 4 |
| H8B | H8/1 to 4 |
| H9 (2) | H9/1 to 4 |
| H9B (2) | H9/1 to 4 |
| H10 | H10/1 to 3 |
| H11 | H11/1 to 4 |
| H11B | H11/1 to 4 |
| H13 | H13/1 to 4 |
| H15 | H15/1 to 5 |
| H16 | H16/1 to 4 |
| H16B | H16/1 to 4 |
| H17 | H17/1 to 6 |
| H21W (1) | H21W/1 to 2 |
| H27W/1 | H27W/1 to 3 |
| H27W/2 | H27W/1 to 3 |
| HB3 | HB3/1 to 4 |
| HB4 | HB4/1 to 4 |
| HIR2 | HIR2/1 to 3 |
| HS1 (5) | HS1/1 to 5 |
| HS2 (5) | HS2/1 to 3 |
| HS5 | HS5/1 to 4 |
| HS5A (4) | HS5A/1 to 3 |
| PSX24W (1) | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PSX26W (1) | PSX26W1 to 3 |
| PX24W (1) | P24W/1 to 3 |
| S2 (5) | S1/S2/1 to 2 |

Category

Sheet number(s)

H1 (5)

H1/1 to 3

H3 (5)

H3/1 to 4

H4

H4/1 to 5

H7

H7/1 to 4

H8

H8/1 to 4

H8B

H8/1 to 4

H9 (2)

H9/1 to 4

H9B (2)

H9/1 to 4

H10

H10/1 to 3

H11

H11/1 to 4

H11B

H11/1 to 4

H13

H13/1 to 4

H15

H15/1 to 5

H16

H16/1 to 4

H16B

H16/1 to 4

H17

H17/1 to 6

H21W (1)

H21W/1 to 2

H27W/1

H27W/1 to 3

H27W/2

H27W/1 to 3

HB3

HB3/1 to 4

HB4

HB4/1 to 4

HIR2

HIR2/1 to 3

HS1 (5)

HS1/1 to 5

HS2 (5)

HS2/1 to 3

HS5

HS5/1 to 4

HS5A (4)

HS5A/1 to 3

PSX24W (1)

P24W/1 to 3

PSX26W (1)

PSX26W1 to 3

PX24W (1)

P24W/1 to 3

S2 (5)

S1/S2/1 to 2

Group 2

Only for use in signalling lamps, cornering lamps, reversing lamps and rear registration plate lamps:

| Category | Sheet number(s) |
| --- | --- |
| C5W (5) | C5W/1 |
| H6W | H6W/1 |
| H10W/1 | H10W/1 to 2 |
| HY6W | H6W/1 |
| HY10W | H10W/1 to 2 |
| HY21W | H21W/1 to 2 |
| P13W | P13W/1 to 3 |
| P21W (5) | P21W/1 to 2 |
| P21/4W | P21/4W/1 (P21/5W/2 to 3) |
| P21/5W (5) | P21/5W/1 to 3 |
| P24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| P27W | P27W/1 to 2 |
| P27/7W | P27/7W/1 to 3 |
| PR21W | PR21W/1 (P21W/2) |
| PR21/5W | PR21/5W/1 (P21/5W/2 to 3) |
| PS19W | P19W/1 to 3 |
| PS24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PSY19W | P19W/1 to 3 |
| PSY24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PW13W | P13W/1 to 3 |
| PW16W | PC16W/1 to 3 |
| PWR16W | PC16W/1 to 3 |
| PWY16W | PC16W/1 to 3 |
| PW19W | P19W/1 to 3 |
| PWR19W | P19W/1 to 3 |
| PWY19W | P19W/1 to 3 |
| PW24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PWR24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PWY24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PY21W | PY21W/1 (P21W/2) |
| PY21/5W | PY21/5W/1 to 3 |
| PY24W | P24W/1 to 3 |
| PY27/7W | PY27/7W/1 (P27/7W/2 to 3) |
| R5W (5) | R5W/1 |
| R10W (5) | R10W/1 |
| RR5W | R5W/1 |
| RR10W | R10W/1 |
| RY10W (5) | R10W/1 |
| T4W (5) | T4W/1 |
| W2.3W | W2.3W/1 |
| W3W (5) | W3W/1 |
| W5W (5) | W5W/1 |
| W10W (5) | W10W/1 |
| W15/5W | W15/5W/1 to 3 |
| W16W | W16W/1 |
| W21W | W21W/1 to 2 |
| W21/5W | W21/5W/1 to 3 |
| WP21W | WP21W/1 to 2 |
| WPY21W | WP21W/1 to 2 |
| WR5W | W5W/1 |
| WR21/5W | WR21/5W/1 (W21/5W/2 to 3) |
| WT21W | WT21W/1 to 2 |
| WT21/7W | WT21/7W/1 to 3 |
| WTY21W | WT21W/1 to 2 |
| WTY21/7W | WT21/7W/1 to 3 |
| WY5W (5) | W5W/1 |
| WY10W (5) | W10W/1 |
| WY16W | W16W/1 |
| WY21W | WY21W/1 to 2 |

Category

Sheet number(s)

C5W (5)

C5W/1

H6W

H6W/1

H10W/1

H10W/1 to 2

HY6W

H6W/1

HY10W

H10W/1 to 2

HY21W

H21W/1 to 2

P13W

P13W/1 to 3

P21W (5)

P21W/1 to 2

P21/4W

P21/4W/1 (P21/5W/2 to 3)

P21/5W (5)

P21/5W/1 to 3

P24W

P24W/1 to 3

P27W

P27W/1 to 2

P27/7W

P27/7W/1 to 3

PR21W

PR21W/1 (P21W/2)

PR21/5W

PR21/5W/1 (P21/5W/2 to 3)

PS19W

P19W/1 to 3

PS24W

P24W/1 to 3

PSY19W

P19W/1 to 3

PSY24W

P24W/1 to 3

PW13W

P13W/1 to 3

PW16W

PC16W/1 to 3

PWR16W

PC16W/1 to 3

PWY16W

PC16W/1 to 3

PW19W

P19W/1 to 3

PWR19W

P19W/1 to 3

PWY19W

P19W/1 to 3

PW24W

P24W/1 to 3

PWR24W

P24W/1 to 3

PWY24W

P24W/1 to 3

PY21W

PY21W/1 (P21W/2)

PY21/5W

PY21/5W/1 to 3

PY24W

P24W/1 to 3

PY27/7W

PY27/7W/1 (P27/7W/2 to 3)

R5W (5)

R5W/1

R10W (5)

R10W/1

RR5W

R5W/1

RR10W

R10W/1

RY10W (5)

R10W/1

T4W (5)

T4W/1

W2.3W

W2.3W/1

W3W (5)

W3W/1

W5W (5)

W5W/1

W10W (5)

W10W/1

W15/5W

W15/5W/1 to 3

W16W

W16W/1

W21W

W21W/1 to 2

W21/5W

W21/5W/1 to 3

WP21W

WP21W/1 to 2

WPY21W

WP21W/1 to 2

WR5W

W5W/1

WR21/5W

WR21/5W/1 (W21/5W/2 to 3)

WT21W

WT21W/1 to 2

WT21/7W

WT21/7W/1 to 3

WTY21W

WT21W/1 to 2

WTY21/7W

WT21/7W/1 to 3

WY5W (5)

W5W/1

WY10W (5)

W10W/1

WY16W

W16W/1

WY21W

WY21W/1 to 2

Group 3

For replacement purposes only (see transitional provisions of paragraphs 8.3 and 8.4):

| Category | Sheet number(s) | As specified by transitional provisions in paragraph 8.3 | As specified by transitional provisions in paragraph 8.4 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Supplement | Period | Supplement | Period |
| C5W (6), (7) | C5W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| C21W (7) | C21W/1 to 2 | 28 | 12 months | 28 | unlimited |
| H1 (6) | H1/1 to 3 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| H3 (6) | H3/1 to 4 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| H12 | H12/1 to 3 | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| H13A | H13/1 to 4 | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| H14 | H14/1 to 4 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| HB3A | HB3/1 to 4 | 40 | 60 months | 40 | unlimited |
| HB4A | HB4/1 to 4 | 40 | 60 months | 40 | unlimited |
| HIR1 (2) | HIR1/1 to 3 | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| HS1 (6) | HS1/1 to 5 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| HS2 (6) | HS2/1 to 3 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| HS6 (3) | HS6/1 to 4 | 40 | 60 months | 40 | unlimited |
| P19W (7) | P19W/1 to 3 | 37 | 60 months | 37 | unlimited |
| P21W (6), (7) | P21W/1 to 2 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| P21/5W (6), (7) | P21/5W/1 to 3 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| PC16W (7) | PC16W/1 to 3 | 37 | 60 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PCR16W (7) | PC16W/1 to 3 | 37 | 12 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PCY16W (7) | PC16W/1 to 3 | 37 | 60 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PR19W (7) | P19W/1 to 3 | 37 | 12 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PR21/4W (7) | PR21/4W/1;
  (P21/5W/2 to 3) | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| PR24W (7) | P24W/1 to 3 | 37 | 12 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PR27/7W (7) | PR27/7W/1;
  (P27/7W/2 to 3) | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| PSR19W (7) | P19W/1 to 3 | 37 | 12 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PSR24W (7) | P24W/1 to 3 | 37 | 12 months | 37 | unlimited |
| PY19W (7) | P19W/1 to 3 | 37 | 60 months | 37 | unlimited |
| R2 | R2/1 to 3 | 28 | 12 months | 28 | unlimited |
| R5W (6), (7) | R5W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| R10W (6), (7) | R10W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| RY10W (6), (7) | R10W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| S1 | S1/S2/1 to 2 | 28 | 12 months | 28 | unlimited |
| S2 (6) | S1/S2/1 to 2 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| S3 | S3/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| T1.4W (7) | T1.4W/1 | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| T4W (6), (7) | T4W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| W3W (6), (7) | W3W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| W5W (6), (7) | W5W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| W10W (6), (7) | W10W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |
| WY2.3W | WY2.3W/1 | 40 | 24 months | 40 | unlimited |
| WY5W (6) | W5W/1 | 40 | 12 months | 40 | unlimited |
| WY10W (6), (7) | W10W/1 | 38 | 12 months | 38 | unlimited |

Category

Sheet number(s)

As specified by transitional provisions in paragraph 8.3

As specified by transitional provisions in paragraph 8.4

Supplement

Period

Supplement

Period

C5W (6), (7)

C5W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

C21W (7)

C21W/1 to 2

28

12 months

28

unlimited

H1 (6)

H1/1 to 3

38

12 months

38

unlimited

H3 (6)

H3/1 to 4

38

12 months

38

unlimited

H12

H12/1 to 3

40

24 months

40

unlimited

H13A

H13/1 to 4

40

24 months

40

unlimited

H14

H14/1 to 4

38

12 months

38

unlimited

HB3A

HB3/1 to 4

40

60 months

40

unlimited

HB4A

HB4/1 to 4

40

60 months

40

unlimited

HIR1 (2)

HIR1/1 to 3

40

24 months

40

unlimited

HS1 (6)

HS1/1 to 5

38

12 months

38

unlimited

HS2 (6)

HS2/1 to 3

38

12 months

38

unlimited

HS6 (3)

HS6/1 to 4

40

60 months

40

unlimited

P19W (7)

P19W/1 to 3

37

60 months

37

unlimited

P21W (6), (7)

P21W/1 to 2

38

12 months

38

unlimited

P21/5W (6), (7)

P21/5W/1 to 3

38

12 months

38

unlimited

PC16W (7)

PC16W/1 to 3

37

60 months

37

unlimited

PCR16W (7)

PC16W/1 to 3

37

12 months

37

unlimited

PCY16W (7)

PC16W/1 to 3

37

60 months

37

unlimited

PR19W (7)

P19W/1 to 3

37

12 months

37

unlimited

PR21/4W (7)

PR21/4W/1;

(P21/5W/2 to 3)

40

24 months

40

unlimited

PR24W (7)

P24W/1 to 3

37

12 months

37

unlimited

PR27/7W (7)

PR27/7W/1;

(P27/7W/2 to 3)

40

24 months

40

unlimited

PSR19W (7)

P19W/1 to 3

37

12 months

37

unlimited

PSR24W (7)

P24W/1 to 3

37

12 months

37

unlimited

PY19W (7)

P19W/1 to 3

37

60 months

37

unlimited

R2

R2/1 to 3

28

12 months

28

unlimited

R5W (6), (7)

R5W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

R10W (6), (7)

R10W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

RY10W (6), (7)

R10W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

S1

S1/S2/1 to 2

28

12 months

28

unlimited

S2 (6)

S1/S2/1 to 2

38

12 months

38

unlimited

S3

S3/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

T1.4W (7)

T1.4W/1

40

24 months

40

unlimited

T4W (6), (7)

T4W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

W3W (6), (7)

W3W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

W5W (6), (7)

W5W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

W10W (6), (7)

W10W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

WY2.3W

WY2.3W/1

40

24 months

40

unlimited

WY5W (6)

W5W/1

40

12 months

40

unlimited

WY10W (6), (7)

W10W/1

38

12 months

38

unlimited

List of sheets for filament lamps and their sequence in this Annex:

Sheet number(s)

| | C5W/1 |
| --- | --- |

C5W/1

| | C21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

C21W/1 to 2

| | H1/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

H1/1 to 3

| | H3/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H3/1 to 4

| | H4/1 to 5 |
| --- | --- |

H4/1 to 5

| | H7/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H7/1 to 4

| | H8/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H8/1 to 4

| | H9/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H9/1 to 4

| | H10/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

H10/1 to 3

| | H11/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H11/1 to 4

| | H12/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

H12/1 to 3

| | H13/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H13/1 to 4

| | H14/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H14/1 to 4

| | H15/1 to 5 |
| --- | --- |

H15/1 to 5

| | H16/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

H16/1 to 4

| | H17/1 to 6 |
| --- | --- |

H17/1 to 6

| | H6W/1 |
| --- | --- |

H6W/1

| | H10W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

H10W/1 to 2

| | H21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

H21W/1 to 2

| | H27W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

H27W/1 to 3

| | HB3/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

HB3/1 to 4

| | HB4/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

HB4/1 to 4

| | HIR1/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

HIR1/1 to 3

| | HIR2/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

HIR2/1 to 3

| | HS1/1 to 5 |
| --- | --- |

HS1/1 to 5

| | HS2/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

HS2/1 to 3

| | HS5/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

HS5/1 to 4

| | HS5A/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

HS5A/1 to 3

| | HS6/1 to 4 |
| --- | --- |

HS6/1 to 4

| | P13W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

P13W/1 to 3

| | P19W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

P19W/1 to 3

| | P21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

P21W/1 to 2

| | P21/4W/1 |
| --- | --- |

P21/4W/1

| | P21/5W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

P21/5W/1 to 3

| | P24W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

P24W/1 to 3

| | P27W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

P27W/1 to 2

| | P27/7W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

P27/7W/1 to 3

| | PC16W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

PC16W/1 to 3

| | PR21W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PR21W/1

| | PR21/4W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PR21/4W/1

| | PR21/5W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PR21/5W/1

| | PR27/7W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PR27/7W/1

| | PSX26W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

PSX26W/1 to 3

| | PY21W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PY21W/1

| | PY21/5W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

PY21/5W/1 to 3

| | PY27/7W/1 |
| --- | --- |

PY27/7W/1

| | R2/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

R2/1 to 3

| | R5W/1 |
| --- | --- |

R5W/1

| | R10W/1 |
| --- | --- |

R10W/1

| | S1/S2/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

S1/S2/1 to 2

| | S3/1 |
| --- | --- |

S3/1

| | T1.4W/1 |
| --- | --- |

T1.4W/1

| | T4W/1 |
| --- | --- |

T4W/1

| | W2.3W/1 |
| --- | --- |

W2.3W/1

| | W3W/1 |
| --- | --- |

W3W/1

| | W5W/1 |
| --- | --- |

W5W/1

| | W10W/1 |
| --- | --- |

W10W/1

| | W15/5W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

W15/5W/1 to 3

| | W16W/1 |
| --- | --- |

W16W/1

| | W21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

W21W/1 to 2

| | W21/5W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

W21/5W/1 to 3

| | WP21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

WP21W/1 to 2

| | WR21/5W/1 |
| --- | --- |

WR21/5W/1

| | WT21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

WT21W/1 to 2

| | WT21/7W/1 to 3 |
| --- | --- |

WT21/7W/1 to 3

| | WY2.3W/1 |
| --- | --- |

WY2.3W/1

| | WY21W/1 to 2 |
| --- | --- |

WY21W/1 to 2

CATEGORY C5W — Sheet C5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 25

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| b (1) | 34,0 | 35,0 | 36,0 | 35,0 ± 0,5 |
| f (2), (3) | 7,5  (4) | | 15  (5) | 9 ± 1,5 |
| Cap SV8.5 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-81-4) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 5 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 5,5 max. | 7,7 max. | 5,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 45 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 45 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

b (1)

34,0

35,0

36,0

35,0 ± 0,5

f (2), (3)

7,5  (4)

15  (5)

9 ± 1,5

Cap SV8.5 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-81-4)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

5

5

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

5,5 max.

7,7 max.

5,5 max.

Luminous flux

45 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux: 45 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY C21W — Sheet C21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Filament lamp for reversing lamp only

Image 26

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| b (6) | 40,0 | 41,0 | 42,0 | 41,0 ± 0,5 |
| f (7) | 7,5 | | 10,5 | 8 ± 1,0 |
| Cap SV8.5 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-81-4) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 460 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

b (6)

40,0

41,0

42,0

41,0 ± 0,5

f (7)

7,5

10,5

8 ± 1,0

Cap SV8.5 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-81-4)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

460 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY C21W — Sheet C21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and to the centre of the filament lamp's length, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 27

| 12  V | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 4,0 + d | 14,5 | 2,0 |
| Standard filament lamp | 2,0 + d | 14,5 | 0,5 |
| d= nominal filament diameter as stated by the manufacturer. |

12  V

a

h

k

Filament lamps of normal production

4,0 + d

14,5

2,0

Standard filament lamp

2,0 + d

14,5

0,5

d= nominal filament diameter as stated by the manufacturer.

Test procedure and requirements

| 1. | The filament lamp is placed in a holder (socket) capable of being so rotated through 360° about the reference axis that the front elevation is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The reference plane on the screen shall coincide with the centre of the filament lamp. The central axis sought on the screen shall coincide with the centre of the filament lamp length. |
| --- | --- |

1.

| 2. | Front elevation






  2.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within the rectangle when the filament lamp is rotated through 360°. |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.

2.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within the rectangle when the filament lamp is rotated through 360°.

| 2.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the central axis sought. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the central axis sought.

CATEGORY H1 — Sheet H1/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

| |
| --- |
| | |
| |

Image 28

Image 29

Image 30

Image 31

CATEGORY H1 — Sheet H1/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 6  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e (9), (13) | 25,0  (12) | 25,0 ± 0,15 |
| f (9), (13) | 4,5 ± 1,0 | 5,0 ± 0,5 | 5,5 ± 1,0 | 5,0 + 0,50/– 0,00 |
| g (10), (11) | 0,5 d ± 0,5 d | 0,5 d ± 0,25 d |
| h1 | (12) | 0 ± 0,20 (8) |
| h2 | (12) | 0 ± 0,25 (8) |
| ε | 45° ± 12° | 45° ± 3° |
| Cap P14.5s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-46-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 55 | 70 | 55 |
| Test Voltage | Volts | 6,3 | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 63 max. | 68 max. | 84 max. | 68 max. |
| Luminous flux ± % | 1 350 | 1 550 | 1 900 | |
| 15 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 150 |
| 13,2  V | 1 550 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

6  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

e (9), (13)

25,0  (12)

25,0 ± 0,15

f (9), (13)

4,5 ± 1,0

5,0 ± 0,5

5,5 ± 1,0

5,0 + 0,50/– 0,00

g (10), (11)

0,5 d ± 0,5 d

0,5 d ± 0,25 d

h1

(12)

0 ± 0,20 (8)

h2

(12)

0 ± 0,25 (8)

ε

45° ± 12°

45° ± 3°

Cap P14.5s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-46-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

55

70

55

Test Voltage

Volts

6,3

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

63 max.

68 max.

84 max.

68 max.

Luminous flux ± %

1 350

1 550

1 900

15

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 150

13,2  V

1 550

CATEGORY H1 — Sheet H1/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 32

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 6  V | 1,4 d | 1,9 d | 0,25 | 6 | 3,5 |
| 12  V | 6 | 4,5 |
| 24  V | 7 | 4,5 |
| d= diameter of filament. |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

6  V

1,4 d

1,9 d

0,25

6

3,5

12  V

6

4,5

24  V

7

4,5

d= diameter of filament.

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H1/1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The beginning of the filament as defined on sheet H1/2, footnote 10, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2.

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 33

(1) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(2) Minimum length above the height of the light emitting centre (‘e’) over which the bulb shall be cylindrical.

(3) The distortion of the base-end portion of the bulb shall not be visible from any direction outside the obscuration angle of 80° max. The shields shall produce no inconvenient reflections. The angle between the reference axis and the plane of each shield, measured on the bulb side, shall not exceed 90°.

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/2

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/2

Image 34

(4) The permissible deviation of the ring centre from the reference axis is 0,5 mm in the direction perpendicular to the Z-Z line and 0,05 mm in the direction parallel to the Z-Z line.

(5) The cap shall be pressed in these directions.

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/3

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 6  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e | 18,0  (14) | 18,0 |
| f (16) | 3,0  min. | 4,0  min. | 5,0 ± 0,50 |
| k | 0  (14) | 0 ± 0,20 |
| h1, h3 | 0  (14) | 0 ± 0,15 (15) |
| h2, h4 | 0  (14) | 0 ± 0,25 (15) |
| Cap PK22s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-47-4) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 55 | 70 | 55 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,3 | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 63 max. | 68 max. | 84 max. | 68 max. |
| Luminous flux ± % | 1 050 | 1 450 | 1 750 | |
| 15 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 100 |
| 13,2  V | 1 450 |

Dimensions in mm

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

6  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

e

18,0  (14)

14

18,0

f (16)

16

3,0  min.

4,0  min.

5,0 ± 0,50

k

0  (14)

14

0 ± 0,20

h1, h3

0  (14)

14

0 ± 0,15 (15)

15

h2, h4

0  (14)

14

0 ± 0,25 (15)

15

Cap PK22s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-47-4)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

55

70

55

Test voltage

Volts

6,3

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

63 max.

68 max.

84 max.

68 max.

Luminous flux ± %

1 050

1 450

1 750

15

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 100

13,2  V

1 450

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/4

CATEGORY H3 — Sheet H3/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament complies with the requirements.

Image 35

Views A and C

View B

| | a | c | k | g |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 6  V | 1,8 d | 1,6 d | 1,0 | 2,0 |
| 12  V | 2,8 |
| 24  V | 2,9 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a

c

k

g

6  V

1,8 d

1,6 d

1,0

2,0

12  V

2,8

24  V

2,9

d= diameter of filament

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The centre of the filament shall lie within the limits of dimension k.

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/1

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 36

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the seating points of the three lugs of the cap ring.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter ‘M’.

(3) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(5) The obscuration shall extend at least as far as the cylindrical part of the bulb. It shall also overlap the internal shield when the latter is viewed in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis.

| Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4 | Figure 3 |
| --- | --- |

Image 37

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4

Image 38

  Figure 3

Figure 3

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/2

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e | 28,5 + 0,35/– 0,25 | 29,0 ± 0,35 | 28,5 + 0,20/– 0,00 |
| p | 28,95 | 29,25 | 28,95 |
| α | max. 40 ° | max. 40 ° |
| Cap P43t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-39-6) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12  (17) | 24  (17) | 12  (17) |
| Watts | 60 | 55 | 75 | 70 | 60 | 55 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 75 max. | 68 max. | 85 max. | 80 max. | 75 max. | 68 max. |
| Luminous flux ± % | 1 650 | 1 000 | 1 900 | 1 200 | |
| 15 | |
| Measuring flux (18) lm | — | 750 | — | 800 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 250 | 750 |
| 13,2  V | 1 650 | 1 000 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

e

28,5 + 0,35/– 0,25

29,0 ± 0,35

28,5 + 0,20/– 0,00

p

28,95

29,25

28,95

α

max. 40 °

max. 40 °

Cap P43t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-39-6)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12  (17)

17

24  (17)

17

12  (17)

17

Watts

60

55

75

70

60

55

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

75 max.

68 max.

85 max.

80 max.

75 max.

68 max.

Luminous flux ± %

1 650

1 000

1 900

1 200

15

Measuring flux (18) lm

18

—

750

—

800

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 250

750

13,2  V

1 650

1 000

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/3

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/3

Position of shield

Position of shield

Image 39

Axis of bulb

(9)

Reference axis

Reference axis

(8)

29,5 (10)

33,0

The drawing is not mandatory with respect to the design of the shield

Position of filaments

Position of filaments

Image 40

(9)

Reference axis

(8)

Axis of driving beam filament

23,5

26,0

29,5 (10)

33,0

Axis of passing beam filament

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/4

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/4

Table of the dimensions (in mm) referred to in the drawings on sheet H4/3

| Reference (*2) | Dimension (*3) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| 12  V | 24  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| a/26 | 0,8 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| a/23,5 | 0,8 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/29,5 | 30,0 | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/33 | b1/29,5 mv | b1/30,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/29,5 | 30,0 | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b2/33 | b2/29,5 mv | b2/30,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| c/29,5 | 30,0 | 0,6 | 0,75 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| c/33 | c/29,5 mv | c/30,0 mv | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| d | min. 0,1 | — | — |
| e (21) | 28,5 | 29,0 | + 0,35
  – 0,25 | ± 0,35 | + 0,20
  – 0,00 |
| f (19), (20), (21) | 1,7 | 2,0 | + 0,50
  – 0,30 | ± 0,40 | + 0,30
  – 0,10 |
| g/26 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| g/23,5 | 0 | ± 0,70 | ± 0,30 |
| h/29,5 | 30,0 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| h/33 | h/29,5 mv | h/30,0 mv | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| IR
   (19), (22) | 4,5 | 5,25 | ± 0,80 | ± 0,40 |
| IC
   (19), (20) | 5,5 | 5,25 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,80 | ± 0,35 |
| p/33 | Depends on the shape of the shield | — | — |
| q/33 | (p+q)/2 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,30 |
| (8) | Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter ‘M’ with the axis of the reference lug. |

Reference (*2)

*2

Dimension (*3)

*3

Tolerance

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

a/26

0,8

± 0,35

± 0,20

a/23,5

0,8

± 0,60

± 0,20

b1/29,5

30,0

0

± 0,30

± 0,35

± 0,20

b1/33

b1/29,5 mv

b1/30,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,35

± 0,15

b2/29,5

30,0

0

± 0,30

± 0,35

± 0,20

b2/33

b2/29,5 mv

b2/30,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,35

± 0,15

c/29,5

30,0

0,6

0,75

± 0,35

± 0,20

c/33

c/29,5 mv

c/30,0 mv

± 0,35

± 0,15

d

min. 0,1

—

—

e (21)

21

28,5

29,0

+ 0,35

– 0,25

± 0,35

+ 0,20

– 0,00

f (19), (20), (21)

19

20

21

1,7

2,0

+ 0,50

– 0,30

± 0,40

+ 0,30

– 0,10

g/26

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

g/23,5

0

± 0,70

± 0,30

h/29,5

30,0

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

h/33

h/29,5 mv

h/30,0 mv

± 0,35

± 0,20

IR
   (19), (22)

R

19

22

4,5

5,25

± 0,80

± 0,40

IC
   (19), (20)

C

19

20

5,5

5,25

± 0,50

± 0,80

± 0,35

p/33

Depends on the shape of the shield

—

—

q/33

(p+q)/2

± 0,60

± 0,30

(8)

8

Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter ‘M’ with the axis of the reference lug.

| (9) | Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis.

| (10) | 30,0 mm for the 24-Volt type. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

30,0 mm for the 24-Volt type.

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/5

CATEGORY H4 — Sheet H4/5

Additional explanations to sheet H4/3

Additional explanations to sheet H4/3

The dimensions below are measured in three directions:

| 1. | For dimensions a, b1, c, d, e, f, IR and IC; |
| --- | --- |

1.

For dimensions a, b1, c, d, e, f, IR and IC;

R

C

| 2. | For dimensions g, h, p and q; |
| --- | --- |

2.

For dimensions g, h, p and q;

| 3. | For dimension b2. |
| --- | --- |

3.

For dimension b2.

Dimensions p and q are measured in planes parallel to and 33 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions b1, b2, c and h are measured in planes parallel to and 29,5 mm (30,0 mm for 24 V filament lamps) and 33 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions a and g are measured in planes parallel to and 26,0 mm and 23,5 mm away from the reference plane.

Note: For the method of measurement, see Appendix E of IEC Publication 60809.

Note:

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/1

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

| Figure 1 Main drawing |
| --- |
| Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 5 5 | Figure 3 Definition of reference axis 2 2 |

Image 41

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

Image 42

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 5 5

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 5 5

Image 43

  Figure 3 Definition of reference axis 2 2

Figure 3 Definition of reference axis 2 2

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/2

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/2

| Figure 4 Distortion free area and black top 6 7 | Figure 5 Metal free zone 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 6 Permissible offset of filament axis | Figure 7 Bulb eccentricity |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2. |

Image 44

  Figure 4 Distortion free area and black top 6 7

Figure 4 Distortion free area and black top 6 7

Image 45

  Figure 5 Metal free zone 8

Figure 5 Metal free zone 8

Image 46

  Figure 6 Permissible offset of filament axis

Figure 6 Permissible offset of filament axis

Image 47

  Figure 7 Bulb eccentricity

Figure 7 Bulb eccentricity

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

| (7) | The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where 3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H7/1). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where 3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H7/1).

| (8) | The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H7/1).
  No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 5. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H7/1).

No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 5.

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/3

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e (23) | 25,0  (24) | 25,0 ± 0,1 |
| f (23) | 4,1  (24) | 4,9  (24) | 4,1 ± 0,1 |
| g (26) | 0,5  min. | u.c. |
| h1 (25) | 0  (24) | 0 ± 0,10 |
| h2 (25) | 0  (24) | 0 ± 0,15 |
| γ1 | 40 ° min. | 40 ° min. |
| γ2 | 50 ° min. | 50 ° min. |
| γ3 | 30 ° min. | 30 ° min. |
| Cap PX26d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-5-6) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 55 | 70 | 55 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 58 max. | 75 max. | 58 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 500  ± 10 % | 1 750  ± 10 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 100 |
| 13,2  V | 1 500 |

Dimensions in mm

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

e (23)

23

25,0  (24)

24

25,0 ± 0,1

f (23)

23

4,1  (24)

24

4,9  (24)

24

4,1 ± 0,1

g (26)

26

0,5  min.

u.c.

h1 (25)

25

0  (24)

24

0 ± 0,10

h2 (25)

25

0  (24)

24

0 ± 0,15

γ1

40 ° min.

40 ° min.

γ2

50 ° min.

50 ° min.

γ3

30 ° min.

30 ° min.

Cap PX26d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-5-6)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

55

70

55

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

58 max.

75 max.

58 max.

Luminous flux

1 500  ± 10 %

1 750  ± 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 100

13,2  V

1 500

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/4

CATEGORY H7 — Sheet H7/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Dimensions in mm

Image 48

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | d + 0,30 | d + 0,50 | 0,2 | 4,6 | 4,0 |
| 24  V | d + 0,60 | d + 1,00 | 0,25 | 5,9 | 4,4 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

12  V

d + 0,30

d + 0,50

0,2

4,6

4,0

24  V

d + 0,60

d + 1,00

0,25

5,9

4,4

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H7/1, Figure 1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H7/3, footnote 9, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/1

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawings

Main drawings

Image 49

  Figure 1 Main drawings

Figure 1 Main drawings

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 19 mm cap diameter.

(4) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(5) Notes concerning the filament diameter.

| (a) | No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,2 mm. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,2 mm.

| (b) | For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Maximum lamp outline (3)

Maximum lamp outline

3

Image 50

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/2

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/2

| Figure 3 Distorsion free area 6 and black top 7 | Figure 4 Metal free zone 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9 | Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10 |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2. |

Image 51

  Figure 3 Distorsion free area 6 and black top 7

Figure 3 Distorsion free area 6 and black top 7

Image 52

  Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Image 53

  Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Image 54

  Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

| (7) | The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H8/1). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H8/1).

| (8) | The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H8/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H8/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4.

| (9) | The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 in sheet H8/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 in sheet H8/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

| (10) | Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/3

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e (27) | 25,0  (28) | 25,0 ± 0,1 |
| f (27) | 3,7  (28) | 3,7 ± 0,1 |
| g | 0,5  min. | u.c. |
| h1 | 0  (28) | 0 ± 0,1 |
| h2 | 0  (28) | 0 ± 0,15 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | 50 ° min. |
| γ2 | 40 ° min. | 40 ° min. |
| γ3 | 30 ° min. | 30 ° min. |
| Cap: | H8: | PGJ19-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2) |
| H8B: | PGJY19-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e (27)

27

25,0  (28)

28

25,0 ± 0,1

f (27)

27

3,7  (28)

28

3,7 ± 0,1

g

0,5  min.

u.c.

h1

0  (28)

28

0 ± 0,1

h2

0  (28)

28

0 ± 0,15

γ1

50 ° min.

50 ° min.

γ2

40 ° min.

40 ° min.

γ3

30 ° min.

30 ° min.

Cap:

H8:

PGJ19-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2)

H8B:

PGJY19-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

35

35

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

43 max.

43 max.

Luminous flux

800 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

600

13,2  V

800

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/4

CATEGORIES H8 AND H8B — Sheet H8/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament complies with the requirements.

Image 55

| a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| d + 0,50 | d + 0,70 | 0,25 | 4,6 | 3,5 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

d + 0,50

d + 0,70

0,25

4,6

3,5

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H8/1, Figure 1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H8/3, footnote 11, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/1

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawings

Main drawings

Image 56

  Figure 1 Main drawings

Figure 1 Main drawings

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 19 mm cap diameter.

(4) Notes concerning the filament diameter.

| (a) | No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,4 mm. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,4 mm.

| (b) | For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Maximum lamp outline (3)

Maximum lamp outline

3

Image 57

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/2

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/2

| Figure 3 Distorsion free area 5 | Figure 4 Metal free zone 6 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 7 | Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 8 |
| (5) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2. |

Image 58

  Figure 3 Distorsion free area 5

Figure 3 Distorsion free area 5

Image 59

  Figure 4 Metal free zone 6

Figure 4 Metal free zone 6

Image 60

  Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 7

Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 7

Image 61

  Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 8

Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 8

(5)

5

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

| (6) | The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1, sheet H9/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

6

The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1, sheet H9/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4.

| (7) | The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H9/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H9/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

| (8) | Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/3

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/3

| Dimensions in mm | Tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e (29), (30) | 25 | (31) | ± 0,10 |
| f (29), (30) | 4,8 | (31) | ± 0,10 |
| g (29) | 0,7 | ± 0,5 | ± 0,30 |
| h1 | 0 | (31) | ± 0,10 (32) |
| h2 | 0 | (31) | ± 0,15 (32) |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 40 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap: | H9: | PGJ19-5 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2) |
| H9B: | PGJY19-5 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Tolerances

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e (29), (30)

29

30

25

(31)

31

± 0,10

f (29), (30)

29

30

4,8

(31)

31

± 0,10

g (29)

29

0,7

± 0,5

± 0,30

h1

0

(31)

31

± 0,10 (32)

32

h2

0

(31)

31

± 0,15 (32)

32

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

40 ° min.

—

—

Cap:

H9:

PGJ19-5

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2)

H9B:

PGJY19-5

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

65

65

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

12,2

13,2

12,2

Objective values

Watts

73 max.

65 max.

73 max.

65 max.

Luminous flux

2 100  ± 10 %

1 650  ± 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 500

12,2  V

1 650

13,2  V

2 100

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/4

CATEGORIES H9 AND H9B — Sheet H9/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament complies with the requirements.

Image 62

| a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| d + 0,4 | d + 0,7 | 0,25 | 5,7 | 4,6 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

d + 0,4

d + 0,7

0,25

5,7

4,6

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H9/1, Figure 1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H9/3, footnote 10, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/1

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 63

(1) The reference plane is the plane defined by the meeting points of cap-holder fit.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and concentric with the reference diameter of the cap.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope and shall not interfere with insertion past the lamp key. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The keyway is mandatory.

(5) The filament lamp shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

| | |
| --- | --- |

Image 64

Image 65

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/2

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/2

| Dimensions in mm (33) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (34), (35) | 28,9 | (36) | ± 0,16 |
| f (34), (35) | 5,2 | (36) | ± 0,16 |
| h1, h2 | 0 | (36) | ± 0,15 (37) |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 45 ° | ± 5° | ± 5° |
| Cap PY20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 42 | 42 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 50 max. | 50 max. |
| Luminous flux | 850 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 600 |
| 13,2  V | 850 |

Dimensions in mm (33)

33

Tolerance

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (34), (35)

34

35

28,9

(36)

36

± 0,16

f (34), (35)

34

35

5,2

(36)

36

± 0,16

h1, h2

0

(36)

36

± 0,15 (37)

37

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

52 ° min.

—

—

γ3

45 °

± 5°

± 5°

Cap PY20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

42

42

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

50 max.

50 max.

Luminous flux

850 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

600

13,2  V

850

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/3

CATEGORY H10 — Sheet H10/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 66

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 1,4 d | 1,8 d | 0,25 | 6,1 | 4,9 |
| d= diameter of filament. |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

12  V

1,4 d

1,8 d

0,25

6,1

4,9

d= diameter of filament.

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H10/1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H10/2 footnote 10 shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between lines Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/1

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawings

Main drawings

Image 67

  Figure 1 Main drawings

Figure 1 Main drawings

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 19 mm cap diameter.

(4) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(5) Notes concerning the filament diameter.

| (a) | No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,4 mm. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,4 mm.

| (b) | For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Maximum lamp outline (3)

Maximum lamp outline

3

Image 68

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/2

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/2

| Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7 | Figure 4 Metal free zone 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9 | Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10 |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2. |

Image 69

  Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7

Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7

Image 70

  Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Image 71

  Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Image 72

  Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

| (7) | The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall, moreover, extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H11/1). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall, moreover, extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H11/1).

| (8) | The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction (view A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H11/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction (view A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H11/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4.

| (9) | The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H11/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H11/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

| (10) | Eccentricity of bulb axis with respect to filament axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

Eccentricity of bulb axis with respect to filament axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/3

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e (38) | 25,0  (39) | 25,0 ± 0,1 |
| f (38) | 4,5 | 5,3  (39) | 4,5 ± 0,1 |
| g | 0,5  min. | u.c. |
| h1 | 0  (39) | 0 ± 0,1 |
| h2 | 0  (39) | 0 ± 0,15 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | 50 ° min. |
| γ2 | 40 ° min. | 40 ° min. |
| γ3 | 30 ° min. | 30 ° min. |
| Cap: | H11: | PGJ19-2 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2) |
| H11B: | PGJY19-2 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

e (38)

38

25,0  (39)

39

25,0 ± 0,1

f (38)

38

4,5

5,3  (39)

39

4,5 ± 0,1

g

0,5  min.

u.c.

h1

0  (39)

39

0 ± 0,1

h2

0  (39)

39

0 ± 0,15

γ1

50 ° min.

50 ° min.

γ2

40 ° min.

40 ° min.

γ3

30 ° min.

30 ° min.

Cap:

H11:

PGJ19-2

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2)

H11B:

PGJY19-2

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

55

70

55

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

62 max.

80 max.

62 max.

Luminous flux

1 350  ± 10 %

1 600  ± 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 000

13,2  V

1 350

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/4

CATEGORIES H11 AND H11B — Sheet H11/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament complies with the requirements.

Image 73

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | d + 0,3 | d + 0,5 | 0,2 | 5,0 | 4,0 |
| 24  V | d + 0,6 | d + 1,0 | 0,25 | 6,3 | 4,6 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

12  V

d + 0,3

d + 0,5

0,2

5,0

4,0

24  V

d + 0,6

d + 1,0

0,25

6,3

4,6

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H11/1, Figure 1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H11/3, footnote 11, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/1

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

| | |
| --- | --- |
| | |

Image 74

Image 75

Image 76

Image 77

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/2

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/2

| Dimensions in mm (40) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (41), (42) | 31,5 | (43) | ± 0,16 |
| f (41), (42) | 5,5 | 4,8 min | ± 0,16 |
| h1, h2, h3, h4 | 0 | (43) | ± 0,15 (44) |
| k | 0 | (43) | ± 0,15 (45) |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 45 ° | ± 5° | ± 5° |
| Cap PZ20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 53 | 53 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 61 max. | 61 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 050  ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 775 |
| 13,2  V | 1 050 |

Dimensions in mm (40)

40

Tolerance

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (41), (42)

41

42

31,5

(43)

43

± 0,16

f (41), (42)

41

42

5,5

4,8 min

± 0,16

h1, h2, h3, h4

0

(43)

43

± 0,15 (44)

44

k

0

(43)

43

± 0,15 (45)

45

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

52 ° min.

—

—

γ3

45 °

± 5°

± 5°

Cap PZ20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

53

53

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

61 max.

61 max.

Luminous flux

1 050  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

775

13,2  V

1 050

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/3

CATEGORY H12 — Sheet H12/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 78

Views B and C

View A

| a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 1,6 d | 1,3 d | 0,30 | 0,30 | 2,8 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c

1,6 d

1,3 d

0,30

0,30

2,8

d= diameter of filament

For the directions of view A, B and C, see sheet H12/1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The centre the filament shall lie between the limits of dimensions b1 and b2.

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/1

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 79

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the three radiused tabs of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and crosses the intersection of the two perpendiculars as indicated in Figure 2 on sheet H13/2.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as indicated. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The filament lamp shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

(5) Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane passing through the reference axis and parallel to plane C.

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/2

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/2

| Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2 | Figure 4 Bulb offset 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7 | Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9 |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion-free axially and cylindrically within the angles β and δ. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles β and δ and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the opaque coating. |

Image 80

  Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2

Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2

Image 81

  Figure 4 Bulb offset 8

Figure 4 Bulb offset 8

Image 82

  Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7

Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7

Image 83

  Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9

Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion-free axially and cylindrically within the angles β and δ. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles β and δ and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the opaque coating.

| (7) | The opaque coating shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H13/1). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The opaque coating shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H13/1).

| (8) | Offset of passing beam filament in relation to the bulb axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside end turns nearest to and farthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

Offset of passing beam filament in relation to the bulb axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside end turns nearest to and farthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis.

| (9) | Light shall be blocked over the cap end of the bulb extending to angle θ. This requirement applies in all directions around the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

Light shall be blocked over the cap end of the bulb extending to angle θ. This requirement applies in all directions around the reference axis.

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/3

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/3

Figure 6

Figure 6

Position and dimensions of filaments (10), (11), (12), (13), (14)

Position and dimensions of filaments

10

11

12

13

14

Image 84

  Figure 6 Position and dimensions of filaments 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14

Figure 6 Position and dimensions of filaments 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14

(15) The metal free zone limits the location of lead wires within the optical path. No metal parts shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 6.

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/4

CATEGORIES H13 AND H13A — Sheet H13/4

| Dimensions in mm | Tolerance |
| --- | --- |
| Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| d1 (13), (47) | 1,8 max. | — | — |
| d2 (13), (47) | 1,8 max. | — | — |
| e (46) | 29,45 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,10 |
| f 1 (46) | 4,6 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,25 |
| f 2 (46) | 4,6 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,25 |
| g (8), (47) | 0,5 d1 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| h (8) | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| j (10) | 2,5 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,10 |
| k (10) | 2,0 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,10 |
| m (10) | 0 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,13 |
| n (10) | 0 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,13 |
| p (10) | 0 | ± 0,08 | ± 0,08 |
| β | 42 ° min. | — | — |
| δ | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ | 43 ° | + 0°/– 5° | + 0°/– 5° |
| θ (9) | 41 ° | ± 4° | ± 4° |
| Cap: | H13: | P26.4t | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-128-3) |
| H13A: | PJ26.4t |

Dimensions in mm

Tolerance

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

d1 (13), (47)

13

47

1,8 max.

—

—

d2 (13), (47)

13

47

1,8 max.

—

—

e (46)

46

29,45

± 0,20

± 0,10

f 1 (46)

46

4,6

± 0,50

± 0,25

f 2 (46)

46

4,6

± 0,50

± 0,25

g (8), (47)

8

47

0,5 d1

± 0,40

± 0,20

h (8)

8

0

± 0,30

± 0,15

j (10)

10

2,5

± 0,20

± 0,10

k (10)

10

2,0

± 0,20

± 0,10

m (10)

10

0

± 0,20

± 0,13

n (10)

10

0

± 0,20

± 0,13

p (10)

10

0

± 0,08

± 0,08

β

42 ° min.

—

—

δ

52 ° min.

—

—

γ

43 °

+ 0°/– 5°

+ 0°/– 5°

θ (9)

9

41 °

± 4°

± 4°

Cap:

H13:

P26.4t

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-128-3)

H13A:

PJ26.4t

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS (48)

48

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

55

60

55

60

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

68 max.

75 max.

68 max.

75 max.

Luminous flux

1 100  ± 15 %

1 700  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

800

1 200

13,2  V

1 100

1 700

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/1

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawings

Main drawings

Image 85

  Figure 1 Main drawings

Figure 1 Main drawings

(1) The reference plane is defined by the points on the surface of the holder on which the three lugs of the cap ring will rest.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the cap ring diameter ‘M’.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Maximum lamp outline (3)

Maximum lamp outline

3

Image 86

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/2

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/2

| Figure 3 Distorsion free area 4 and black top 5 | Figure 4 Bulb eccentricity 6 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 5 Offset of filament axis 7 |
| (4) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2 and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the obscuration. |

Image 87

  Figure 3 Distorsion free area 4 and black top 5

Figure 3 Distorsion free area 4 and black top 5

Image 88

  Figure 4 Bulb eccentricity 6

Figure 4 Bulb eccentricity 6

Image 89

  Figure 5 Offset of filament axis 7

Figure 5 Offset of filament axis 7

(4)

4

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2 and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the obscuration.

| (5) | The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall, moreover, extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H14/1). |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The obscuration shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall, moreover, extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ3 crosses the outer bulb surface (view B as indicated on sheet H14/1).

| (6) | Eccentricity of bulb with respect to passing beam filament axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

6

Eccentricity of bulb with respect to passing beam filament axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis.

| (7) | The offset of the filaments with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing direction A, B and C as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H14/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filaments axis. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The offset of the filaments with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing direction A, B and C as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H14/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filaments axis.

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/3

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamp of normal production | Standard filament lamps |
| --- | --- | --- |
| e (49) | 26,15 | (51) | ± 0,1 |
| f1 (49), (50) | 5,3 | (51) | ± 0,1 |
| f2 (49), (50) | 5,0 | (51) | ± 0,1 |
| g | 0,3  min. | | |
| h1 | 0 | (51) | ± 0,1 |
| h2 | 0 | (51) | ± 0,15 |
| h3 | 0 | (51) | ± 0,15 |
| h4 | 0 | (51) | ± 0,15 |
| i | 2,7 | | — |
| j | 2,5 | (51) | ± 0,1 |
| γ1 | 55 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 43 ° | 0/– 5° | 0/– 5° |
| Cap P38t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-133-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 55 | 60 | 55 | 60 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 68 max. | 75 max. | 68 max. | 75 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 150  ± 15 % | 1 750  ± 15 % | | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 860 | 1 300 |
| 13,2  V | 1 150 | 1 750 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamp of normal production

Standard filament lamps

e (49)

49

26,15

(51)

51

± 0,1

f1 (49), (50)

49

50

5,3

(51)

51

± 0,1

f2 (49), (50)

49

50

5,0

(51)

51

± 0,1

g

0,3  min.

h1

0

(51)

51

± 0,1

h2

0

(51)

51

± 0,15

h3

0

(51)

51

± 0,15

h4

0

(51)

51

± 0,15

i

2,7

—

j

2,5

(51)

51

± 0,1

γ1

55 ° min.

—

—

γ2

52 ° min.

—

—

γ3

43 °

0/– 5°

0/– 5°

Cap P38t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-133-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

55

60

55

60

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

68 max.

75 max.

68 max.

75 max.

Luminous flux

1 150  ± 15 %

1 750  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

860

1 300

13,2  V

1 150

1 750

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/4

CATEGORY H14 — Sheet H14/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filaments are correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and the reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 90

For passing beam filament

View A

For driving beam filament

View B, C

| a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 | c3 | i | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| d1 + 0,5 | 1,6 × d2 | 0,2 | 5,8 | 5,1 | 5,75 | 2,7 | 0,15 |
| d1 is diameter of the passing beam filament and d2 that of the driving beam filament. |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

c3

i

k

d1 + 0,5

1,6 × d2

0,2

5,8

5,1

5,75

2,7

0,15

d1 is diameter of the passing beam filament and d2 that of the driving beam filament.

Notes concerning the filaments diameter:

| (a) | No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d1 max. = 1,6 mm and d2 max. = 1,6 mm. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d1 max. = 1,6 mm and d2 max. = 1,6 mm.

| (b) | For the same manufacture, the design diameter of standard filament lamps and filament lamps of normal production shall be the same. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the same manufacture, the design diameter of standard filament lamps and filament lamps of normal production shall be the same.

The positions of the filaments are checked solely in directions A, B and C as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H14/1.

The passing beam filament shall lie entirely in the rectangle A and the driving beam filament entirely in rectangle B.

The ends of the passing beam filament as defined on sheet H14/3, footnote 8 shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between lines Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/1

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 91

  Figure 1 Main drawing Figure 3 Maximum lamp outlines 3 3

Figure 1 Main drawing Figure 3 Maximum lamp outlines 3 3

(1) The reference plane is defined by the points at which the holder touches the three lugs of the cap ring from the plug side. It is intended for use as an internal reference plane.

The auxiliary reference plane is defined by the points on the surface of the holder on which the three supporting bosses of the cap ring will rest. It is intended for use as an external reference plane.

The Cap is designed for use of the (internal) reference plane, but for certain applications the (external) auxiliary reference plane may be used instead.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and crosses the intersection of the two perpendiculars as indicated in figure 2 on sheet H15/1.

| Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2 2 | Figure 4 Distortion free area 4 4 |
| --- | --- |

Image 92

  Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2 2

Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2 2

Image 93

  Figure 4 Distortion free area 4 4

Figure 4 Distortion free area 4 4

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/2

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V |
| e | 30,0 + 0,35/– 0,25 | 30,0 + 0,35/– 0,25 | 30,0 + 0,20/– 0,15 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min | 50 ° min | 50 ° min |
| γ2 | 50 ° min | 50 ° min | 50 ° min |
| r | For details see cap sheet |
| Cap PGJ23t-1 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-155-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12  (52) | 24  (52) | 12  (52) |
| Watts | 15 | 55 | 20 | 60 | 15 | 55 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 19 max. | 64 max. | 24 max. | 73 max. | 19 max. | 64 max. |
| Luminous flux | 260 | 1 350 | 300 | 1 500 | | |
| | ± 10 % | | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 12 V | | 1 000 |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,2 V | | 1 350 |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V | 290 | |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

e

30,0 + 0,35/– 0,25

30,0 + 0,35/– 0,25

30,0 + 0,20/– 0,15

γ1

1

50 ° min

50 ° min

50 ° min

γ2

2

50 ° min

50 ° min

50 ° min

r

For details see cap sheet

Cap PGJ23t-1 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-155-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12  (52)

52

24  (52)

52

12  (52)

52

Watts

15

55

20

60

15

55

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

28,0

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

19 max.

64 max.

24 max.

73 max.

19 max.

64 max.

Luminous flux

260

1 350

300

1 500

± 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 12 V

1 000

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,2 V

1 350

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

290

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/3

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/3

Position of the shield

Position of the shield

Image 94

H (7)

Reference axis

Reference axis

V (6)

31,0

33,5 (12)

Position of the filaments

Position of the filaments

Image 95

Axis of the bulb

H (7)

Reference axis

V (6)

Axis of low wattage filament

24,0 (13)

26,0

31,0

Axis of high wattage filament

33,5 (12)

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/4

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/4

Table of the dimensions (in mm) referred to in the drawings on sheet H15/3

| Reference (*5) | Dimension (*6) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| 12  V | 24  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V | 24  V | 12  V | 24  V |
| a/24,0 | a/24,5 | 1,8 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| a/26,0 | 1,8 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/31,0 | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| b1/33,5 | b1/34,0 | b1/31,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/31,0 | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/33,5 | b2/34,0 | b2/31,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| c1/31,0 | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,15 | ± 0,25 |
| c1/33,5 | c1/34,0 | c1/31,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,15 | ± 0,25 |
| c2/33,5 | c2/34,0 | 1,1 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,15 | ± 0,25 |
| d | min. 0,1 | — | — |
| f (8), (9), (10) | 2,7 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,40 | + 0,20
  – 0,10 | + 0,25
  – 0,15 |
| g/24,0 | g/24,5 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,70 | ± 0,25 | ± 0,35 |
| g/26,0 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,70 | ± 0,25 | ± 0,35 |
| h/31,0 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,25 | ± 0,30 |
| h/33,5 | h/34,0 | h/31,0 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,15 | ± 0,20 |
| IR (8), (11) | 4,2 | 4,6 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,30 |
| IC (8), (9) | 4,4 | 5,4 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,30 |
| p/33,5 | p/34,0 | Depends on the shape of the shield | — | — |
| q/33,5 | q/34,0 | p/33,5 | p/34,0 | ± 1,20 | ± 0,60 |
| (6) | Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the axis of the reference lug. |

Reference (*5)

*5

Dimension (*6)

*6

Tolerance

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

24  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

24  V

12  V

24  V

a/24,0

a/24,5

1,8

± 0,35

± 0,20

a/26,0

1,8

± 0,35

± 0,20

b1/31,0

0

± 0,30

± 0,15

b1/33,5

b1/34,0

b1/31,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

b2/31,0

0

± 0,30

± 0,15

b2/33,5

b2/34,0

b2/31,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

c1/31,0

0

± 0,30

± 0,50

± 0,15

± 0,25

c1/33,5

c1/34,0

c1/31,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,50

± 0,15

± 0,25

c2/33,5

c2/34,0

1,1

± 0,30

± 0,50

± 0,15

± 0,25

d

min. 0,1

—

—

f (8), (9), (10)

8

9

10

2,7

± 0,30

± 0,40

+ 0,20

– 0,10

+ 0,25

– 0,15

g/24,0

g/24,5

0

± 0,50

± 0,70

± 0,25

± 0,35

g/26,0

0

± 0,50

± 0,70

± 0,25

± 0,35

h/31,0

0

± 0,50

± 0,60

± 0,25

± 0,30

h/33,5

h/34,0

h/31,0 mv

± 0,30

± 0,40

± 0,15

± 0,20

IR (8), (11)

8

11

4,2

4,6

± 0,40

± 0,60

± 0,20

± 0,30

IC (8), (9)

8

9

4,4

5,4

± 0,40

± 0,60

± 0,20

± 0,30

p/33,5

p/34,0

Depends on the shape of the shield

—

—

q/33,5

q/34,0

p/33,5

p/34,0

± 1,20

± 0,60

(6)

6

Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the axis of the reference lug.

| (7) | Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis.

| (8) | The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle.

| (9) | For the high wattage filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under footnote 8. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

For the high wattage filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under footnote 8.

| (10) | ‘e’ denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the driving beam filament as defined above. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

‘e’ denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the driving beam filament as defined above.

| (11) | For the low wattage filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 1,8 mm above it, with the end turns defined under footnote 8. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

11

For the low wattage filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 1,8 mm above it, with the end turns defined under footnote 8.

| (12) | 34,0 for the 24 V type. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

12

34,0 for the 24 V type.

| (13) | 24,5 for the 24 V type. |
| --- | --- |

(13)

13

24,5 for the 24 V type.

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/5

CATEGORY H15 — Sheet H15/5

Additional explanations to sheet H15/3

Additional explanations to sheet H15/3

The dimensions below are measured in four directions:

| (1) | For dimensions a, c1, c2, d, e, f, IR and IC; |
| --- | --- |

(1)

For dimensions a, c1, c2, d, e, f, IR and IC;

| (2) | For dimensions g, h, p and q; |
| --- | --- |

(2)

For dimensions g, h, p and q;

| (3) | For dimension b1; |
| --- | --- |

(3)

For dimension b1;

| (4) | For dimension b2. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

For dimension b2.

Dimensions b1, b2, c1 and h are measured in planes parallel to the reference plane at distances of 31,0 mm and 33,5 mm (34,0 mm for 24 V types).

Dimensions c2, p and q are measured in a plane parallel to the reference plane at a distance of 33,5 mm (34,0 mm for 24 V types).

Dimensions a and g are measured in planes parallel to the reference plane at distances of 24,0 mm (24,5 mm for 24 V types) and 26,0 mm.

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/1

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 96

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 19 mm cap diameter.

(4) The light emitted shall be white or selective yellow.

(5) Notes concerning the filament diameter.

| (a) | No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,1 mm. |
| --- | --- |

(a)

No actual diameter restrictions apply but the objective for future developments is to have d max. = 1,1 mm.

| (b) | For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

For the same manufacturer, the design diameter of standard (étalon) filament lamp and filament lamp of normal production shall be the same.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Maximum lamp outline (3)

Maximum lamp outline

3

Image 97

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outline 3 3

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/2

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/2

| Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7 | Figure 4 Metal free zone 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9 | Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10 |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angless γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles s γ1 and γ2. |

Image 98

  Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7

Figure 3 Distortion free area 6 and black top 7

Image 99

  Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Figure 4 Metal free zone 8

Image 100

  Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Figure 5 Permissible offset of filament axis 9

Image 101

  Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

Figure 6 Bulb eccentricity 10

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angless γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles s γ1 and γ2.

| (7) | The obscuration shall extend at least to angle γ3 and shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The obscuration shall extend at least to angle γ3 and shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference.

| (8) | The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H16/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

The internal design of the lamp shall be such that stray light images and reflections are only located above the filament itself seen from the horizontal direction. (View A as indicated in Figure 1 on sheet H16/1). No metal parts other than filament turns shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 4.

| (9) | The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 in sheet H16/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 in sheet H16/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

| (10) | Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/3

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e (53) | 25,0  (54) | 25,0 ± 0,1 |
| f (53) | 3,2  (54) | 3,2 ± 0,1 |
| g | 0,5  min. | u.c. |
| h1 | 0  (54) | 0 ± 0,1 |
| h2 | 0  (54) | 0 ± 0,15 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | 50 ° min. |
| γ2 | 40 ° min. | 40 ° min. |
| γ3 | 30 ° min. | 30 ° min. |
| Cap: | H16: | PGJ19-3 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2) |
| H16B: | PGJY19-3 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e (53)

53

25,0  (54)

54

25,0 ± 0,1

f (53)

53

3,2  (54)

54

3,2 ± 0,1

g

0,5  min.

u.c.

h1

0  (54)

54

0 ± 0,1

h2

0  (54)

54

0 ± 0,15

γ1

50 ° min.

50 ° min.

γ2

40 ° min.

40 ° min.

γ3

30 ° min.

30 ° min.

Cap:

H16:

PGJ19-3

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-110-2)

H16B:

PGJY19-3

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-146-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

19

19

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

26 max.

26 max.

Luminous flux

500 + 10 %/– 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 370 lm at approximately 12 V

370 lm

Reference luminous flux: 500 lm at approximately 13,2 V

500 lm

Reference luminous flux: 550 lm at approximately 13,5 V

550 lm

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/4

CATEGORIES H16 AND H16B — Sheet H16/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament complies with the requirements.

Image 102

| a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| d + 0,50 | d + 0,70 | 0,25 | 3,6 | 2,6 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

d + 0,50

d + 0,70

0,25

3,6

2,6

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet H16/1, Figure 1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet H16/3, footnote 11, shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/1

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 103

  Figure 1 Main drawing Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4

Figure 1 Main drawing Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4

Driving beam

Reference lug

Passing beam

Earth

Axis of the bulb

Reference axis (2)

(5)

Reference axis

(3)

Reference plane (1)

For the notes see sheet H17/6

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/2

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e | 28,5 + 0,35/– 0,15 | 28,5 + 0,20/– 0,0 |
| p | 28,95 | 28,95 |
| α | max. 40 ° | max. 40 ° |
| Cap PU43t-4 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-171-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12  (6) | 12  (6) |
| Watts | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 37 max. | 37 max. | 37 max. | 37 max. |
| Luminous flux | 900 ± 10 % | 600 ± 10 % | | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12,0  V | 700 | 450 |
| 13,2  V | 900 | 600 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e

28,5 + 0,35/– 0,15

28,5 + 0,20/– 0,0

p

28,95

28,95

α

max. 40 °

max. 40 °

Cap PU43t-4 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-171-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12  (6)

6

12  (6)

6

Watts

35

35

35

35

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

37 max.

37 max.

37 max.

37 max.

Luminous flux

900 ± 10 %

600 ± 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12,0  V

700

450

13,2  V

900

600

For note 6 see sheet H17/6

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/3

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/3

Position of the shield

Position of the shield

Image 104

Axis of bulb

H (8)

Reference axis

V (7)

29,5

33,0

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/4

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/4

Position of filaments

Position of filaments

Image 105

H (8)

V (7)

Reference axis

Axis of driving beam filament

Axis of passing beam filament

29,5

31,0

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/5

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/5

Table of the dimensions (in mm) referred to in the drawings on sheets H17/3 and H17/4:

| Reference (*7) | Dimension (*8) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| a/25,0 | 0,3 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| a/26,0 | 0,3 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/29,5 | 0,0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,25 |
| b1/33,0 | b1/29,5 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/29,5 | 0,0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,25 |
| b2/33,0 | b2/29,5 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| c/29,5 | 0,5 | ± 0,25 | ± 0,15 |
| c/31,0 | c/29,5 mv | ± 0,25 | ± 0,15 |
| d | min. 0,1 | — | — |
| e (11) | 28,5 | + 0,35/– 0,15 | + 0,20/– 0,0 |
| f (9), (10), (11) | 1,7 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| g/25,0 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| g/26,0 | 0 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,25 |
| h/29,5 | 0 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,25 |
| h/31,0 | h/29,5 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| lR (9), (12) | 4,0 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| lC (9), (12) | 4,2 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| p/33,0 | Depends on the shape of the shield | — | — |
| q/33,0 | (p+q)/2 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,30 |

Reference (*7)

*7

Dimension (*8)

*8

Tolerance

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

a/25,0

0,3

± 0,40

± 0,20

a/26,0

0,3

± 0,35

± 0,20

b1/29,5

0,0

± 0,30

± 0,25

b1/33,0

b1/29,5 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

b2/29,5

0,0

± 0,30

± 0,25

b2/33,0

b2/29,5 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

c/29,5

0,5

± 0,25

± 0,15

c/31,0

c/29,5 mv

± 0,25

± 0,15

d

min. 0,1

—

—

e (11)

11

28,5

+ 0,35/– 0,15

+ 0,20/– 0,0

f (9), (10), (11)

9

10

11

1,7

± 0,30

± 0,15

g/25,0

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

g/26,0

0

± 0,40

± 0,25

h/29,5

0

± 0,40

± 0,25

h/31,0

h/29,5 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

lR (9), (12)

9

12

4,0

± 0,40

± 0,20

lC (9), (12)

9

12

4,2

± 0,40

± 0,20

p/33,0

Depends on the shape of the shield

—

—

q/33,0

(p+q)/2

± 0,60

± 0,30

For the notes see sheet H17/6

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/6

CATEGORY H17 — Sheet H17/6

Notes:

Notes:

| (1) | The reference plane is the plane formed by the seating points of the three lugs of the cap ring. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

1

The reference plane is the plane formed by the seating points of the three lugs of the cap ring.

| (2) | The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter M. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

2

The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter M.

| (3) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps and from normal production lamps shall be white. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

The light emitted from standard filament lamps and from normal production lamps shall be white.

| (4) | The bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as in Figure 2. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as in Figure 2.

| (5) | The obscuration shall extend at least as far as the cylindrical part of the bulb. It shall also overlap the internal shield when the latter is viewed in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The obscuration shall extend at least as far as the cylindrical part of the bulb. It shall also overlap the internal shield when the latter is viewed in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis.

| (6) | The value indicated in the left hand column relate to the driving-beam filament. Those indicated in the right-hand column relate to the passing beam filament. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

6

The value indicated in the left hand column relate to the driving-beam filament. Those indicated in the right-hand column relate to the passing beam filament.

| (7) | Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter M with the axis of the reference lug. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter M with the axis of the reference lug.

| (8) | Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis.

| (9) | The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle.

| (10) | For the passing-beam filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under note 9. |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

For the passing-beam filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under note 9.

| (11) | e denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the passing filament as defined above. |
| --- | --- |

(11)

11

e denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the passing filament as defined above.

| (12) | For the driving-beam filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 0,3 mm below it, with the end turns defined under note 9. |
| --- | --- |

(12)

12

For the driving-beam filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 0,3 mm below it, with the end turns defined under note 9.

Additional explanations to sheets H17/3 and H17/4

Additional explanations to sheets H17/3 and H17/4

The dimensions below are measured in three directions:

| 1 | For dimensions b1, a, c, d, e, f, lR and lC. |
| --- | --- |

1

For dimensions b1, a, c, d, e, f, lR and lC.

| 2 | For dimensions g, h, p and q. |
| --- | --- |

2

For dimensions g, h, p and q.

| 3 | For dimension b2. |
| --- | --- |

3

For dimension b2.

Dimensions p and q are measured in planes parallel to and 33,0 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions b1, b2 are measured in planes parallel to and 29,5 mm and 33,0 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions c and h are measured in planes parallel to and 29,5 mm and 31,0 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions a and g are measured in planes parallel to and 25,0 mm and 26,0 mm away from the reference plane.

Note: For the method of measurement, see Appendix E of IEC Publication 60809.

Note:

CATEGORIES H6W AND HY6W — Sheet H6W/1

CATEGORIES H6W AND HY6W — Sheet H6W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 106

28,0 max.

(3)

Ø 9,25 max.

(4), (5)

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 14,25 | 15,0 | 15,75 | 15,0 ± 0,25 |
| Lateral deviation (55) | | | 0,75 | 0,4 max |
| β | 82,5 ° | 90 ° | 97,5 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| γ1, γ2 (56) | 30 ° | | | 30 ° min. |
| Cap: | H6W: | BAX9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-8-1) |
| HY6W: | BAZ9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

14,25

15,0

15,75

15,0 ± 0,25

Lateral deviation (55)

55

0,75

0,4 max

β

82,5 °

90 °

97,5 °

90° ± 5°

γ1, γ2 (56)

56

30 °

30 ° min.

Cap:

H6W:

BAX9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-8-1)

HY6W:

BAZ9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

6

6

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

7,35 max.

7,35 max.

Luminous flux

H6W

125 ± 12 %

HY6W

75 ± 17 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 125 lm

Amber: 75 lm

| (3) | Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering exceeding the permissible maximum diameter of the cap. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering exceeding the permissible maximum diameter of the cap.

| (4) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H6W and amber for category HY6W. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H6W and amber for category HY6W.

| (5) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H6W and amber or white for category HY6W. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H6W and amber or white for category HY6W.

CATEGORIES H10W/1 AND HY10W — Sheet H10W/1

CATEGORIES H10W/1 AND HY10W — Sheet H10W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 107

28,0 max.

Reference plane

(3)

Ø 9,25 max.

(4), (5)

Reference axis

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 14,25 | 15,0 | 15,75 | 15,0 ± 0,25 |
| Lateral deviation (57) | | | 0,75 | 0,4 max |
| β | 82,5 ° | 90 ° | 97,5 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| γ1, γ2 (58) | 30 ° | | | 30 ° min. |
| Cap: | H10W/1 | BAU9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150A-1) |
| HY10W | BAUZ9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150B-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

14,25

15,0

15,75

15,0 ± 0,25

Lateral deviation (57)

57

0,75

0,4 max

β

82,5 °

90 °

97,5 °

90° ± 5°

γ1, γ2 (58)

58

30 °

30 ° min.

Cap:

H10W/1

BAU9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150A-1)

HY10W

BAUZ9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-150B-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

10

10

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

12 max.

12 max.

Luminous flux

H10W/1

200 ± 12 %

HY10W

120 ± 17 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 200 lm

Amber: 120 lm

| (3) | Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering exceeding the permissible maximum diameter of the cap. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering exceeding the permissible maximum diameter of the cap.

| (4) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H10W/1 and amber for category HY10W. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H10W/1 and amber for category HY10W.

| (5) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H10W/1 and amber or white for category HY10W. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H10W/1 and amber or white for category HY10W.

CATEGORIES H21W AND HY21W — Sheet H21W/1

CATEGORIES H21W AND HY21W — Sheet H21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 108

33,0 max.

HY21W

H21W

Ø 9,25 max.

(5), (6)

Reference axis

Reference Plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 20,0  (59) | | 20,0 ± 0,25 |
| f | 12  V | | | 3,8 | 3,8 + 0/– 1 |
| 24  V | | | 4,5 | |
| Lateral deviation (60) | | | (59) | 0,0 ± 0,15 (61) |
| β | 82,5 ° | 90 ° | 97,5 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| γ1, γ2 (62) | 45 ° | | | 45 ° min. |
| Cap: | H21W: | BAY9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-9-1) |
| HY21W: | BAW9s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-149-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

20,0  (59)

59

20,0 ± 0,25

f

12  V

3,8

3,8 + 0/– 1

24  V

4,5

Lateral deviation (60)

60

(59)

59

0,0 ± 0,15 (61)

61

β

82,5 °

90 °

97,5 °

90° ± 5°

γ1, γ2 (62)

62

45 °

45 ° min.

Cap:

H21W:

BAY9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-9-1)

HY21W:

BAW9s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-149-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,25 max.

29,4 max.

26,25 max.

Luminous flux

H21W

600 ± 12 %

600 ± 15 %

HY21W

300 ± 17 %

300 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

White: 415 lm

13,2  V

White: 560 lm

13,5  V

White: 600 lm

Amber: 300 lm

| (5) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H21W and amber for category HY21W. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category H21W and amber for category HY21W.

| (6) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H21W and amber or white for category HY21W. |
| --- | --- |

(6)

6

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category H21W and amber or white for category HY21W.

CATEGORIES H21W AND HY21W — Sheet H21W/2

CATEGORIES H21W AND HY21W — Sheet H21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 7,5°, to the plane through the centre line of the reference pin and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements

Image 109

side elevation

Front elevation

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | d + 1,0 | d + 1,0 | f + 1,2 | 0,50 |
| d | = | actual filament diameter |
| f | = | actual filament length |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

d + 1,0

d + 1,0

f + 1,2

0,50

d

=

actual filament diameter

f

=

actual filament length

Test procedures and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/1

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 110

(1) The reference plane is defined by the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the 13,10 mm cap diameter.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the size of a theoretical cylinder centred on the reference axis.

(4) The obscuration shall extend over the whole bulb top including the bulb cylindrical portion up to the intersection with γ1.

Image 111

(1) The reference plane is defined by the plane formed by the underside of the bevelled lead-in flange of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the 13,10 mm cap diameter.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the size of a theoretical cylinder centred on the reference axis.

(4) The obscuration shall extend over the whole bulb top including the bulb cylindrical portion up to the intersection with γ1.

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/2

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/2

Image 112

View A

View B

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamp of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| e | 31,75  (64) | 31,75 ± 0,25 |
| f (66) | 4,8 max. | 4,2 ± 0,20 |
| k | 0  (64) | 0,0 ± 0,25 |
| h1, h2, h3, h4 (65) | 0  (64) | 0,0 ± 0,25 |
| γ1 (63) | 38 ° nom. | 38 ° nom. |
| γ2 (63) | 44 ° nom. | 44 ° nom. |
| Cap: | H27W/1: | PG13 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-107-4) |
| H27W/2: | PGJ13 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamp of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e

31,75  (64)

64

31,75 ± 0,25

f (66)

66

4,8 max.

4,2 ± 0,20

k

0  (64)

64

0,0 ± 0,25

h1, h2, h3, h4 (65)

65

0  (64)

64

0,0 ± 0,25

γ1 (63)

63

38 ° nom.

38 ° nom.

γ2 (63)

63

44 ° nom.

44 ° nom.

Cap:

H27W/1:

PG13

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-107-4)

H27W/2:

PGJ13

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

27

27

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

31 max.

31 max.

Luminous flux

477 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

350 lm

13,2  V

450 lm

13,5  V

477 lm

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/3

CATEGORIES H27W/1 AND H27W/2 — Sheet H27W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Dimensions in mm

Image 113

| Reference | a | c | k | g |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | d + 1,2 | d + 1,0 | 0,5 | 2,4 |
| d= actual diameter of filament |

Reference

a

c

k

g

Dimensions

d + 1,2

d + 1,0

0,5

2,4

d= actual diameter of filament

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The centre of the filament shall lie within the limits of dimension k.

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/1

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 114

(1) The reference plane is the plane defined by the meeting points of cap-holder fit.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and concentric with the reference diameter of the cap.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope and shall not interfere with insertion past the lamp key.

(4) The keyway is mandatory for category HB3A and optional for category HB3.

(5) The filament lamp shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/2

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/2

Image 115

  7 7

7 7

(6) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

Image 116

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/3

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/3

| Dimensions in mm (71) | Tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (68), (70) | 31,5 | (69) | ± 0,16 |
| f (68), (70) | 5,1 | (69) | ± 0,16 |
| h1, h2 | 0 | (69) | ± 0,15 (67) |
| h3 | 0 | (69) | ± 0,08 (67) |
| γ1 | 45 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap P20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2) (72) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 60 | 60 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 73 max. | 73 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 860  ± 12 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 300 |
| 13,2  V | 1 860 |

Dimensions in mm (71)

71

Tolerances

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (68), (70)

68

70

31,5

(69)

69

± 0,16

f (68), (70)

68

70

5,1

(69)

69

± 0,16

h1, h2

0

(69)

69

± 0,15 (67)

67

h3

0

(69)

69

± 0,08 (67)

67

γ1

45 ° min.

—

—

γ2

52 ° min.

—

—

Cap P20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2) (72)

72

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

60

60

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

73 max.

73 max.

Luminous flux

1 860  ± 12 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 300

13,2  V

1 860

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/4

CATEGORIES HB3 AND HB3A — Sheet HB3/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 117

| | p | q | r | s | t | u | v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 1,3 d | 1,6 d | 3,0 | 2,9 | 0,9 | 0,4 | 0,7 |
| d= diameter of filament |

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

12  V

1,3 d

1,6 d

3,0

2,9

0,9

0,4

0,7

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet HB3/1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The beginning of the filament, as defined on sheet HB3/3, footnote 11, shall lie in volume ‘B’ and the end of the filament in volume ‘C’.

Volume ‘A’ does not involve any filament centre requirement.

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/1

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 118

(1) The reference plane is the plane defined by the meeting points of cap-holder fit.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and concentric with the reference diameter of the cap.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope and shall not interfere with insertion past the lamp key. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The keyway is mandatory for category HB4A and optional for category HB4.

(5) The filament shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/2

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/2

| 7 8 7 | |
| --- | --- |
| |

Image 119

  7 8 7

7 8 7

Image 120

Image 121

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/3

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/3

| Dimensions in mm (77) | Tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (74), (76) | 31,5 | (75) | ± 0,16 |
| f (74), (76) | 5,1 | (75) | ± 0,16 |
| h1, h2 | 0 | (75) | ± 0,15 (73) |
| h3 | 0 | (75) | ± 0,08 (73) |
| g (74) | 0,75 | ± 0,5 | ± 0,3 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 45 ° | ± 5° | ± 5° |
| Cap P22d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-32-2) (78) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 51 | 51 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 62 max. | 62 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 095  ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 825 |
| 13,2  V | 1 095 |

Dimensions in mm (77)

77

Tolerances

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (74), (76)

74

76

31,5

(75)

75

± 0,16

f (74), (76)

74

76

5,1

(75)

75

± 0,16

h1, h2

0

(75)

75

± 0,15 (73)

73

h3

0

(75)

75

± 0,08 (73)

73

g (74)

74

0,75

± 0,5

± 0,3

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

52 ° min.

—

—

γ3

45 °

± 5°

± 5°

Cap P22d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-32-2) (78)

78

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

51

51

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

62 max.

62 max.

Luminous flux

1 095  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

825

13,2  V

1 095

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/4

CATEGORIES HB4 AND HB4A — Sheet HB4/4

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 122

| | p | q | r | s | t | u | v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 1,3 d | 1,6 d | 3,0 | 2,9 | 0,9 | 0,4 | 0,7 |
| d= diameter of filament |

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

12  V

1,3 d

1,6 d

3,0

2,9

0,9

0,4

0,7

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet HB4/1.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The beginning of the filament as defined on sheet HB4/3 footnote 12 shall lie in volume ‘B’ and the end of the filament in volume ‘C’.

Volume ‘A’ does not involve any filament centre requirement.

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/1

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 123

(1) The reference plane is the plane defined by the three supporting bosses on the cap flange.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and concentric with the reference diameter of the cap.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope. The envelop is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The keyway is mandatory.

(5) The filament shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

(6) Glass bulb periphery shall be optically distortion-free axially within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/2

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/2

| Dimensions in mm (83) | Tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (80), (82) | 29 | (81) | ± 0,16 |
| f (80), (82) | 5,1 | (81) | ± 0,16 |
| g (80) | 0 | + 0,7/– 0,0 | + 0,4/– 0,0 |
| h1, h2 | 0 | (81) | ± 0,15 (79) |
| d | 1,6 max. | | |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap PX20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 65 | 65 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 73 max. | 73 max. |
| Luminous flux | 2 500  ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 840 |
| 13,2  V | 2 500 |

Dimensions in mm (83)

83

Tolerances

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (80), (82)

80

82

29

(81)

81

± 0,16

f (80), (82)

80

82

5,1

(81)

81

± 0,16

g (80)

80

0

+ 0,7/– 0,0

+ 0,4/– 0,0

h1, h2

0

(81)

81

± 0,15 (79)

79

d

1,6 max.

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

50 ° min.

—

—

Cap PX20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-31-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

65

65

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

73 max.

73 max.

Luminous flux

2 500  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 840

13,2  V

2 500

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/3

CATEGORY HIR1 — Sheet HIR1/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 124

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | d + 0,4 | d + 0,8 | 0,35 | 6,1 | 5,2 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

12  V

d + 0,4

d + 0,8

0,35

6,1

5,2

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet HIR1/1.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet HIR1/2 footnote 10 shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between lines Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/1

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 125

(1) The reference plane is the plane defined by the three meeting points of the cap holder fit.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the reference diameter of the cap.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope. The envelop is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The keyway is mandatory.

(5)The filament lamp shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

(6) Glass bulb periphery shall be optically distortion-free axially within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/2

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/2

| Dimensions in mm (88) | Tolerances |
| --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| e (85), (87) | 28,7 | (86) | ± 0,16 |
| f (85), (87) | 5,3 | (86) | ± 0,16 |
| g (85) | 0 | + 0,7/– 0,0 | + 0,4/– 0,0 |
| h1, h2 | 0 | (86) | ± 0,15 (84) |
| d | 1,6 max. | — | — |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap PX22d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-32-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 55 | 55 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 63 max. | 63 max. |
| Luminous flux | 1 875  ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 1 355 |
| 13,2  V | 1 875 |

Dimensions in mm (88)

88

Tolerances

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (85), (87)

85

87

28,7

(86)

86

± 0,16

f (85), (87)

85

87

5,3

(86)

86

± 0,16

g (85)

85

0

+ 0,7/– 0,0

+ 0,4/– 0,0

h1, h2

0

(86)

86

± 0,15 (84)

84

d

1,6 max.

—

—

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

50 ° min.

—

—

Cap PX22d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-32-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

55

55

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

63 max.

63 max.

Luminous flux

1 875  ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

1 355

13,2  V

1 875

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/3

CATEGORY HIR2 — Sheet HIR2/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 126

| | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | d + 0,4 | d + 0,8 | 0,35 | 6,6 | 5,7 |
| d= diameter of filament |

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1

c2

12  V

d + 0,4

d + 0,8

0,35

6,6

5,7

d= diameter of filament

The filament position is checked solely in directions A and B as shown on sheet HIR2/1.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet HIR2/2 footnote 10 shall lie between lines Z1 and Z2 and between lines Z3 and Z4.

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/1

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 127

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the seating points of the three lugs of the cap ring.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter ‘M’.

(3) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(5) The obscuration shall extend at least as far as the cylindrical part of the bulb. It shall also overlap the internal shield when the latter is viewed in a direction perpendicular to the reference axis.

| Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4 | Figure 3 |
| --- | --- |

Image 128

  Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4

Figure 2 Maximum lamp outlines 4 4

Image 129

  Figure 3

Figure 3

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/2

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 6  V | 12  V | 12  V |
| e | 28,5 + 0,45/– 0,25 | 28,5 + 0,20/– 0,00 |
| p | 28,95 | 28,95 |
| α | max. 40 ° | max. 40 ° |
| Cap PX43t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-34-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6  (89) | 12  (89) | 12  (89) |
| Watts | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,3 | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 |
| ± % | 5 | 5 |
| Luminous flux | 700 | 440 | 825 | 525 | |
| ± % | 15 | |
| Measuring flux (90) lm | — | | — | 450 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 700 | 450 |
| 13,2  V | 825 | 525 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

6  V

12  V

12  V

e

28,5 + 0,45/– 0,25

28,5 + 0,20/– 0,00

p

28,95

28,95

α

max. 40 °

max. 40 °

Cap PX43t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-34-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6  (89)

89

12  (89)

89

12  (89)

89

Watts

35

35

35

35

35

35

Test voltage

Volts

6,3

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

35

35

35

35

35

35

± %

5

5

Luminous flux

700

440

825

525

± %

15

Measuring flux (90) lm

90

—

—

450

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

700

450

13,2  V

825

525

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/3

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/3

Position of shield

Position of shield

Image 130

Axis of bulb

H (9)

Reference axis

Reference axis

V (8)

29,5

33,0

Position of filaments

Position of filaments

Image 131

H (9)

Reference axis

V (8)

Axis of driving beam filament

29,5

Axis of passing beam filament

31,0

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/4

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/4

Table of the dimensions (in mm) referred to in the drawings on sheet HS1/3

| Reference (*11) | Dimensions (*12) | Tolerance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| 6  V | 12  V | 6  V | 12  V | 6  V | 12  V | 12  V |
| a/26 | 0,8 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| a/25 | 0,8 | ± 0,55 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/29,5 | 0 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b1/33 | b1/29,5 mv | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/29,5 | 0 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| b2/33 | b2/29,5 mv | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| c/29,5 | 0,6 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,20 |
| c/31 | c/29,5 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| d | min. 0,1/max. 1,5 | — | — |
| e (*15) | 28,5 | + 0,45/– 0,25 | + 0,20/– 0,00 |
| f (*13), (*14), (*15) | 1,7 | + 0,50/– 0,30 | + 0,30/– 0,10 |
| g/26 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| g/25 | 0 | ± 0,70 | ± 0,30 |
| h/29,5 | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| h/31 | h/29,5 mv | ± 0,30 | ± 0,20 |
| lR
   (*13), (*16) | 3,5 | 4,0 | ± 0,80 | ± 0,40 |
| lC
   (*13), (*14) | 3,3 | 4,5 | ± 0,80 | ± 0,35 |
| p/33 | Depends on the shape of the shield | — | — |
| q/33 | (p+q)/2 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,30 |
| (8) | Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter ‘M’ with the axis of the reference lug. |

Reference (*11)

*11

Dimensions (*12)

*12

Tolerance

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

6  V

12  V

6  V

12  V

6  V

12  V

12  V

a/26

0,8

± 0,35

± 0,20

a/25

0,8

± 0,55

± 0,20

b1/29,5

0

± 0,35

± 0,20

b1/33

b1/29,5 mv

± 0,35

± 0,15

b2/29,5

0

± 0,35

± 0,20

b2/33

b2/29,5 mv

± 0,35

± 0,15

c/29,5

0,6

± 0,35

± 0,20

c/31

c/29,5 mv

± 0,30

± 0,15

d

min. 0,1/max. 1,5

—

—

e (*15)

*15

28,5

+ 0,45/– 0,25

+ 0,20/– 0,00

f (*13), (*14), (*15)

*13

*14

*15

1,7

+ 0,50/– 0,30

+ 0,30/– 0,10

g/26

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

g/25

0

± 0,70

± 0,30

h/29,5

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

h/31

h/29,5 mv

± 0,30

± 0,20

lR
   (*13), (*16)

R

*13

*16

3,5

4,0

± 0,80

± 0,40

lC
   (*13), (*14)

C

*13

*14

3,3

4,5

± 0,80

± 0,35

p/33

Depends on the shape of the shield

—

—

q/33

(p+q)/2

± 0,60

± 0,30

(8)

8

Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the reference axis and through the intersection of the circle of diameter ‘M’ with the axis of the reference lug.

| (9) | Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

Plane H-H is the plane perpendicular to both the reference plane and plane V-V and passing through the reference axis.

| (10) | (Blank). |
| --- | --- |

(10)

10

(Blank).

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/5

CATEGORY HS1 — Sheet HS1/5

Additional explanations to sheet HS1/3

Additional explanations to sheet HS1/3

The dimensions below are measured in three directions:

| 1 | For dimensions a, b1, c, d, e, f, IR and IC; |
| --- | --- |

1

For dimensions a, b1, c, d, e, f, IR and IC;

R

C

| 2 | For dimensions g, h, p and q; |
| --- | --- |

2

For dimensions g, h, p and q;

| 3 | For dimension b2. |
| --- | --- |

3

For dimension b2.

Dimensions p and q are measured in planes parallel to and 33 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions b1 and b2 are measured in planes parallel to and 29,5 mm and 33 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions a and g are measured in planes parallel to and 25,0 mm and 26,0 mm away from the reference plane.

Dimensions c and h are measured in planes parallel to and 29,5 mm and 31 mm away from the reference plane.

Note: For the method of measurement, see Appendix E of IEC Publication 60809.

Note

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/1

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 132

(1) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the intersection of this plane with the axis of the cap ring.

(2) All parts which may obscure the light or may influence the light beam shall lie within angle α.

(3) Angle β denotes the position of the plane through the inner leads with reference to the reference notch.

(4) In the area between the outer legs of the angles γ1 and γ2, the bulb shall have no optically distorting areas and the curvature of the bulb shall have a radius not less than 50 per cent of the actual bulb diameter.

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/2

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 11,0  (91) | | 11,0 ± 0,15 |
| f (92) | 6  V | 1,5 | 2,5 | 3,0 | 2,5 ± 0,15 |
| 12  V | 2,0 | 3,0 | 4,0 | |
| h1, h2 | | (91) | | 0 ± 0,15 |
| α (2) | | | 40 ° | |
| β (3) | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| γ1 (4) | 15 ° | | | 15 ° min. |
| γ2 (4) | 40 ° | | | 40 ° min. |
| Cap PX13.5s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-35-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 6 |
| Watts | 15 | 15 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 6,75 |
| Objective values | Watts | 15 ± 6 % | 15 ± 6 % |
| Luminous flux | 320 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 320 lm at approximately 6,75 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

11,0  (91)

91

11,0 ± 0,15

f (92)

92

6  V

1,5

2,5

3,0

2,5 ± 0,15

12  V

2,0

3,0

4,0

h1, h2

(91)

91

0 ± 0,15

α (2)

2

40 °

β (3)

3

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

γ1 (4)

4

15 °

15 ° min.

γ2 (4)

4

40 °

40 ° min.

Cap PX13.5s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-35-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

6

Watts

15

15

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

6,75

Objective values

Watts

15 ± 6 %

15 ± 6 %

Luminous flux

320 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 320 lm at approximately 6,75 V

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/3

CATEGORY HS2 — Sheet HS2/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament lamp complies with the requirements by checking whether the filament lamp is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane.

Image 133

| Reference | a1 | a2 | b1 | b2 | c1 (6 V) | c1 (12 V) | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | d + 1,0 | d + 1,4 | 0,25 | 0,25 | 4,0 | 4,5 | 1,75 |
| d= actual filament diameter |

Reference

a1

a2

b1

b2

c1 (6 V)

c1 (12 V)

c2

Dimension

d + 1,0

d + 1,4

0,25

0,25

4,0

4,5

1,75

d= actual filament diameter

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The beginning of the filament shall lie between the lines Z1 and Z2.

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/1

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

FILAMENT LAMP FOR MOTORCYCLES

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 134

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is defined by the three ramp inside surface.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 23 mm cap diameter.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as indicated in Figure 1. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Distortion free area (4) and black top (5)

Distortion free area

4

and black top

5

Image 135

  Figure 2 Distortion free area 4 and black top 5 4 5

Figure 2 Distortion free area 4 and black top 5 4 5

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 23 mm cap diameter.

(4) Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

(5) The obscuration shall extend at least to angle γ3 and shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole top circumference.

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/2

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/2

Figure 3

Figure 3

Filament position and dimensions

Filament position and dimensions

Image 136

  Figure 3 Filament position and dimensions

Figure 3 Filament position and dimensions

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/3

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e | 26 | (93) | ± 0,15 |
| lC
   (94) | 4,6 | ± 0,3 |
| k | 0 | ± 0,2 |
| h1, h3 | 0 | ± 0,15 |
| h2, h4 | 0 | ± 0,20 |
| lR
   (94) | 4,6 | ± 0,3 |
| j | 0 | ± 0,2 |
| g1, g3 | 0 | ± 0,30 |
| g2, g4 | 2,5 | ± 0,40 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 23 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap P23t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-138-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTCS |
| Rated values | Voltage | V | 12 | 12 |
| Wattage | W | 35 | 30 | 35 | 30 |
| Test voltage | V | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective Values | Wattage | W | 40 max. | 37 max. | 40 max. | 37 max. |
| Luminous flux | lm | 620 | 515 | | |
| ± % | 15 | 15 | | |
| Reference luminous at approximately | 12  V | 460 | 380 |
| 13,2  V | 620 | 515 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e

26

(93)

93

± 0,15

lC
   (94)

C

94

4,6

± 0,3

k

0

± 0,2

h1, h3

0

± 0,15

h2, h4

0

± 0,20

lR
   (94)

R

94

4,6

± 0,3

j

0

± 0,2

g1, g3

0

± 0,30

g2, g4

2,5

± 0,40

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

23 ° min.

—

—

γ3

50 ° min.

—

—

Cap P23t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-138-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTCS

Rated values

Voltage

V

12

12

Wattage

W

35

30

35

30

Test voltage

V

13,2

13,2

Objective Values

Wattage

W

40 max.

37 max.

40 max.

37 max.

Luminous flux

lm

620

515

± %

15

15

Reference luminous at approximately

12  V

460

380

13,2  V

620

515

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/4

CATEGORY HS5 — Sheet HS5/4

Screen projection requirement

This test is used to determine whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements by checking whether:

| (a) | The passing beam filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and the reference plane; and whether |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The passing beam filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and the reference plane; and whether

| (b) | The driving beam filament is correctly positioned relative to the passing beam filament. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The driving beam filament is correctly positioned relative to the passing beam filament.

Side elevation

Image 137

Dimensions en millimeters

| Reference | a | b | c | d | v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | d1 + 0,6 | d1 + 0,8 | d2 + 1,2 | d2 + 1,6 | 2,5 |
| d1 | : | Diameter of the passing beam filament |
| d2 | : | Diameter of the driving beam filament |

Reference

a

b

c

d

v

Dimensions

d1 + 0,6

d1 + 0,8

d2 + 1,2

d2 + 1,6

2,5

d1

:

Diameter of the passing beam filament

d2

:

Diameter of the driving beam filament

Front elevation

Image 138

| Reference | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 6,0 | 6,0 |

Reference

h

k

Dimensions

6,0

6,0

The filaments shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

The centre of the filament shall lie within the limits of dimension k.

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/1

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

FILAMENT LAMP FOR MOTORCYCLES

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 139

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is defined by three ramps inside surface.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 23 mm cap diameter.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as indicated in Figure 1. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Distortion free area (4) and black top (5)

Distortion free area

4

and black top

5

Image 140

  Figure 2 Distortion free area 4 and black top 5 4 5

Figure 2 Distortion free area 4 and black top 5 4 5

(1) The reference plane is defined by three ramps inside surface.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passing through the centre of the 23 mm cap diameter.

(4) Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

(5) The obscuration shall extend at least to angle γ3 and shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole top circumference.

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/2

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/2

Figure 3

Figure 3

Filament position and dimensions

Filament position and dimensions

Image 141

  Figure 3 Filament position and dimensions

Figure 3 Filament position and dimensions

View B - Driving beam filament

View A - Passing beam filament

Top view of driving beam and passing beam filament

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/3

CATEGORY HS5A — Sheet HS5A/3

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 12  V | 12  V |
| e | 26 | — | — |
| lC
   (95) | 4,6 | ± 0,5 | ± 0,3 |
| k | 0 | ± 0,4 | ± 0,2 |
| h1, h3 | 0 | ± 0,3 | ± 0,15 |
| h2, h4 | 0 | ± 0,4 | ± 0,2 |
| lR
   (95) | 4,6 | ± 0,5 | ± 0,3 |
| j | 0 | ± 0,6 | ± 0,3 |
| g1, g3 | 0 | ± 0,6 | ± 0,3 |
| g2, g4 | 2,5 | ± 0,4 | ± 0,2 |
| γ1 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| γ2 | 23 ° min. | — | — |
| γ3 | 50 ° min. | — | — |
| Cap PX23t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-138A-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Voltage | V | 12  (96) | 12  (96) |
| Wattage | W | 45 | 40 | 45 | 40 |
| Test voltage | V | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective Values | Wattage | W | 50 max. | 45 max. | 50 max. | 45 max. |
| Luminous flux | lm | 750 | 640 | | |
| ± % | 15 | 15 | | |
| Reference luminous at approximately | 12  V | 550 lm | 470 lm |
| 13,2  V | 750 lm | 640 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

12  V

12  V

e

26

—

—

lC
   (95)

C

95

4,6

± 0,5

± 0,3

k

0

± 0,4

± 0,2

h1, h3

0

± 0,3

± 0,15

h2, h4

0

± 0,4

± 0,2

lR
   (95)

R

95

4,6

± 0,5

± 0,3

j

0

± 0,6

± 0,3

g1, g3

0

± 0,6

± 0,3

g2, g4

2,5

± 0,4

± 0,2

γ1

50 ° min.

—

—

γ2

23 ° min.

—

—

γ3

50 ° min.

—

—

Cap PX23t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-138A-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Voltage

V

12  (96)

96

12  (96)

96

Wattage

W

45

40

45

40

Test voltage

V

13,2

13,2

Objective Values

Wattage

W

50 max.

45 max.

50 max.

45 max.

Luminous flux

lm

750

640

± %

15

15

Reference luminous at approximately

12  V

550 lm

470 lm

13,2  V

750 lm

640 lm

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/1

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawings

Main drawings

Image 142

  Figure 1 Main drawings

Figure 1 Main drawings

(1) The reference plane is the plane formed by the underside of the three radiused tabs of the cap.

(2) The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and crosses the intersection of the two perpendiculars as indicated in Figure 2 on sheet HS6/2.

(3) Glass bulb and supports shall not exceed the envelope as indicated. The envelope is concentric to the reference axis.

(4) The filament lamp shall be rotated in the measuring holder until the reference lug contacts plane C of the holder.

(5) Plane V-V is the plane perpendicular to the reference plane passing through the reference axis and parallel to plane C.

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/2

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/2

| Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2 | Figure 4 Bulb offset 8 |
| --- | --- |
| Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7 | Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9 |
| (6) | Glass bulb shall be optically distortion-free axially and cylindrically within the angles β and δ. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles β and δ and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the opaque coating. |

Image 143

  Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2

Figure 2 Definition of reference axis 2

Image 144

  Figure 4 Bulb offset 8

Figure 4 Bulb offset 8

Image 145

  Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7

Figure 3 Undistorted area 6 and opaque coating 7

Image 146

  Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9

Figure 5 Light blocking toward cap 9

(6)

6

Glass bulb shall be optically distortion-free axially and cylindrically within the angles β and δ. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles β and δ and does not need to be verified in the area covered by the opaque coating.

| (7) | The opaque coating shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ crosses the outer bulb surface as shown in Figure 3 (view in direction B as indicated on sheet HS6/1). |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The opaque coating shall extend at least to the cylindrical part of the bulb on the whole bulb top circumference. It shall moreover extend at least to a plane parallel to the reference plane where γ crosses the outer bulb surface as shown in Figure 3 (view in direction B as indicated on sheet HS6/1).

| (8) | Offset of passing beam filament in relation to the bulb axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside end turns nearest to and farthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis. |
| --- | --- |

(8)

8

Offset of passing beam filament in relation to the bulb axis is measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside end turns nearest to and farthest from the reference plane crosses the passing beam filament axis.

| (9) | Light shall be blocked over the cap end of the bulb extending to angle θ. This requirement applies in all directions around the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(9)

9

Light shall be blocked over the cap end of the bulb extending to angle θ. This requirement applies in all directions around the reference axis.

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/3

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/3

Figure 6

Figure 6

Position and dimensions of filaments (10), (11), (12), (13), (14)

Position and dimensions of filaments

10

11

12

13

14

Image 147

  Figure 6 Position and dimensions of filaments 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14

Figure 6 Position and dimensions of filaments 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14

(15) The metal free zone limits the location of lead wires within the optical path. No metal parts shall be located in the shaded area as seen in Figure 6.

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/4

CATEGORY HS6 — Sheet HS6/4

| Dimensions in mm | Tolerance |
| --- | --- |
| Filaments lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| d1 (13), (98) | 1,4 max. | — | — |
| d2 (13), (98) | 1,4 max. | — | — |
| e (97) | 29,45 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,10 |
| f1 (97) | 4,4 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,25 |
| f2 (97) | 4,4 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,25 |
| g (8), (98) | 0,5 d1 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| h (8) | 0 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| j (10) | 2,5 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,20 |
| k (10) | 2,0 | ± 0,20 | ± 0,10 |
| m (11) | 0 | ± 0,24 | ± 0,20 |
| n (11) | 0 | ± 0,24 | ± 0,20 |
| p (10) | 0 | ± 0,30 | ± 0,20 |
| β | 42 ° min. | — | — |
| δ | 52 ° min. | — | — |
| γ | 43 ° | + 0°/– 5° | + 0°/– 5° |
| θ (9) | 41 ° | ± 4° | ± 4° |
| Cap PX26.4t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-128-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS (99) |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 40 | 35 | 40 | 35 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,2 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 45 max. | 40 max. | 45 max. | 40 max. |
| Luminous flux | 900 ± 15 % | 600 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately | 12  V | 630/420 |
| 13,2  V | 900/600 |

Dimensions in mm

Tolerance

Filaments lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

d1 (13), (98)

13

98

1,4 max.

—

—

d2 (13), (98)

13

98

1,4 max.

—

—

e (97)

97

29,45

± 0,20

± 0,10

f1 (97)

97

4,4

± 0,50

± 0,25

f2 (97)

97

4,4

± 0,50

± 0,25

g (8), (98)

8

98

0,5 d1

± 0,50

± 0,30

h (8)

8

0

± 0,40

± 0,20

j (10)

10

2,5

± 0,30

± 0,20

k (10)

10

2,0

± 0,20

± 0,10

m (11)

11

0

± 0,24

± 0,20

n (11)

11

0

± 0,24

± 0,20

p (10)

10

0

± 0,30

± 0,20

β

42 ° min.

—

—

δ

52 ° min.

—

—

γ

43 °

+ 0°/– 5°

+ 0°/– 5°

θ (9)

9

41 °

± 4°

± 4°

Cap PX26.4t in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-128-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS (99)

99

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

40

35

40

35

Test voltage

Volts

13,2

13,2

Objective values

Watts

45 max.

40 max.

45 max.

40 max.

Luminous flux

900 ± 15 %

600 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

630/420

13,2  V

900/600

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/1

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing P13W

Main drawing P13W

Image 148

  Figure 1 Main drawing P13W

Figure 1 Main drawing P13W

(1) The reference plane is defined by the meeting points of the cap-holder fit

(2) No actual filament diameter restrictions apply but the objective is d max. = 1,0 mm.

Image 149

  Figure 3 Main drawing PW13W Figure 2 Metal free zone 3 3 1 2

Figure 3 Main drawing PW13W Figure 2 Metal free zone 3 3 1 2

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/2

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| e (101) | P13W | 25,0  (100) | 25,0 ± 0,25 |
| PW13W | 19,25  (100) | 19,25 ± 0,25 |
| f (101) | 4,3  (100) | 4,3 ± 0,25 |
| α1
   (102) | 30,0 ° min. | 30,0 ° min. |
| α2
   (102) | 58,0 ° min. | 58,0 ° min. |
| P13W | Cap PG18.5d-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-147-1) |
| PW13W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-7 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (101)

101

P13W

25,0  (100)

100

25,0 ± 0,25

PW13W

19,25  (100)

100

19,25 ± 0,25

f (101)

101

4,3  (100)

100

4,3 ± 0,25

α1
   (102)

1

102

30,0 ° min.

30,0 ° min.

α2
   (102)

2

102

58,0 ° min.

58,0 ° min.

P13W

Cap PG18.5d-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-147-1)

PW13W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-7

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Voltage

V

12

12

Wattage

W

13

13

Test voltage

V

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Wattage

W

19 max.

19 max.

Luminous flux

lm

250

±

+ 15 %/– 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

250 lm

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/3

CATEGORIES P13W AND PW13W — Sheet P13W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 150

View A

| | p | q | u1, u2 | r, s | t, v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 1,7 | 1,9 | 0,3 | 2,6 | 0,9 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 2,45 | 0,6 |

p

q

u1, u2

r, s

t, v

Filament lamps of normal production

1,7

1,9

0,3

2,6

0,9

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

2,45

0,6

The filament position is checked in two mutually perpendicular planes, one of them being the plane through the lead-in wires.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet P13W/2, footnote 4, shall lie between Z1 and Z2 and between the lines Z3 and Z4.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/1

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 151

(1) The reference plane is defined by the meeting points of the cap-holder fit.

(2) No actual filament diameter restrictions apply but the objective is d max. = 1,1 mm.

(3) The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be white for categories P19W, PS19W and PW19W; amber for categories PY19W, PSY19W and PWY19W; red for categories PR19W, PSR19W and PWR19W (see also footnote 8).

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/2

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/2

| Dimensions in mm (103) | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (107) |
| e (104), (105) | P19W, PS19W,
  PY19W, PSY19W,
  PR19W, PSR19W | | 24,0 | | 24,0 |
| PW19W,
  PWY19W,
  PWR19W | | 18,1 | | 18,1 |
| f (104), (105) | | 4,0 | | 4,0 ± 0,2 |
| α (106) | 58 ° | | | 58 ° min. |
| P19W | Cap PGU20-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-127-2) |
| PY19W | Cap PGU20-2 |
| PR19W | Cap PGU20-5 |
| PS19W | Cap PG20-1 |
| PSY19W | Cap PG20-2 |
| PSR19W | Cap PG20-5 |
| PW19W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1) |
| PWY19W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-2 |
| PWR19W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-5 |

Dimensions in mm (103)

103

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(107)

107

e (104), (105)

104

105

P19W, PS19W,

PY19W, PSY19W,

PR19W, PSR19W

24,0

24,0

PW19W,

PWY19W,

PWR19W

18,1

18,1

f (104), (105)

104

105

4,0

4,0 ± 0,2

α (106)

106

58 °

58 ° min.

P19W

Cap PGU20-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-127-2)

PY19W

Cap PGU20-2

PR19W

Cap PGU20-5

PS19W

Cap PG20-1

PSY19W

Cap PG20-2

PSR19W

Cap PG20-5

PW19W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1)

PWY19W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-2

PWR19W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-5

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

19

19

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

20 max.

20 max.

Luminous flux

P19W

PS19W

PW19W

350 ± 15 %

PY19W

PSY19W

PWY19W

215 ± 20 %

PR19W

PSR19W

PWR19W

80 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 350 lm

Amber: 215 lm

Red: 80 lm

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/3

CATEGORIES P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W, PW19W, PWY19W AND PWR19W — Sheet P19W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 152

| P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,9 | 3,9 | 0,5 | 5,2 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

P19W, PY19W, PR19W, PS19W, PSY19W, PSR19W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,9

3,9

0,5

5,2

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

| PW19W, PWY19W and PWR19W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,5 | 2,5 | 0,4 | 5,2 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

PW19W, PWY19W and PWR19W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,5

2,5

0,4

5,2

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

The filament position is checked in two mutually perpendicular planes, one of them being the plane through the lead-in wires.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet P19W/2, footnote 6, shall lie between Z1 and Z2 and between the lines Z3 and Z4.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

CATEGORY P21W — Sheet P21W/1

CATEGORY P21W — Sheet P21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 153

45 max.

(4)

26,5 max.

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 6,12  V | | 31,8  (110) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 30,8 | 31,8 | 32,8 | |
| f | 12  V | 5,5 | 6,0 | 7,0 | 6,0 ± 0,5 |
| 6  V | | | 7,0 | |
| Lateral deviation (108) | 6,12  V | | | (110) | 0,3 max. |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| β | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BA15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11A-9) (109) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 27,6 max. | 26,5 max. | 29,7 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 460 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V |
| (4) | In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

6,12  V

31,8  (110)

110

31,8 ± 0,3

24  V

30,8

31,8

32,8

f

12  V

5,5

6,0

7,0

6,0 ± 0,5

6  V

7,0

Lateral deviation (108)

108

6,12  V

(110)

110

0,3 max.

24  V

1,5

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BA15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11A-9) (109)

109

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

27,6 max.

26,5 max.

29,7 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

460 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V

(4)

4

In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane.

CATEGORY P21W — Sheet P21W/2

CATEGORY P21W — Sheet P21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centre line of the pins (P21W) or of the reference pin (PY21W and PR21W) and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

| Side elevation | Front elevation |
| --- | --- |
| |

Side elevation

Front elevation

Image 154

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 9,0 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

9,0

1,0

Test procedures and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORY P21/4W — Sheet P21/4W/1

CATEGORY P21/4W — Sheet P21/4W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 155

a = major (high wattage) filament

b = minor (low wattage) filament

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 31,8  (111) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation | | | (111) | 0,3 max. (112) |
| x, y | (111) | 2,8 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (111) | 90 ° (111) | 105 ° (111) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAZ15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11C-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 4 | 21 | 4 | 21/4 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 5,5 max. | 29,7 max. | 8,8 max. | 26,5/5,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 440 | 15 | 440 | 20 | |
| ± % | 15 | 20 | 15 | 20 | |
| Reference luminous flux: 440 lm and 15 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

31,8  (111)

111

31,8 ± 0,3

f

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation

(111)

111

0,3 max. (112)

112

x, y

(111)

111

2,8 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (111)

111

90 ° (111)

111

105 ° (111)

111

90° ± 5°

Cap BAZ15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11C-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

4

21

4

21/4

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

5,5 max.

29,7 max.

8,8 max.

26,5/5,5 max.

Luminous flux

440

15

440

20

± %

15

20

15

20

Reference luminous flux: 440 lm and 15 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/1

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 156

a = major (high wattage) filament

b = minor (low wattage) filament

45 max.

(3)

26,5 max.

Reference axis

Reference plane

Reference pin

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 6,12  V | | 31,8  (1) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 30,8 | 31,8 | 32,8 | |
| f | 6,12  V | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (2) | 6,12  V | | | (1) | 0,3 max. |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| x, y | 6,12  V | | (1) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| x | 24 V (3) | –1,0 | 0 | 1,0 | |
| y | 24 V (3) | 1,8 | 2,8 | 3,8 | |
| β | | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAY15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11B-7) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 5 | 21 | 5 | 21 | 5 | 21/5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 27,6 max. | 6,6 max. | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. | 29,7 max. | 11,0 max. | 26,5 and 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux | 440 | 35 | 440 | 35 | 440 | 40 | |
| ± % | 15 | 20 | 15 | 20 | 15 | 20 | |
| Reference luminous flux: 440 and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

6,12  V

31,8  (1)

1

31,8 ± 0,3

24  V

30,8

31,8

32,8

f

6,12  V

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (2)

2

6,12  V

(1)

1

0,3 max.

24  V

1,5

x, y

6,12  V

(1)

1

2,8 ± 0,3

x

24 V (3)

3

–1,0

0

1,0

y

24 V (3)

3

1,8

2,8

3,8

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BAY15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11B-7)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

21

5

21

5

21

5

21/5

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

27,6 max.

6,6 max.

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

29,7 max.

11,0 max.

26,5 and 6,6 max.

Luminous flux

440

35

440

35

440

40

± %

15

20

15

20

15

20

Reference luminous flux: 440 and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V

For the notes see sheet P21/5W/2

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/2

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/2

Notes:

Notes:

| (1) | These dimensions shall be checked by means of a ‘box-system’. See sheets P21/5W/2 and P21/5W/3. ‘x’ and ‘y’ refer to the major (high-wattage) filament, not to the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

1

These dimensions shall be checked by means of a ‘box-system’. See sheets P21/5W/2 and P21/5W/3. ‘x’ and ‘y’ refer to the major (high-wattage) filament, not to the reference axis.

| (2) | Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

2

Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

| (3) | In this view the filaments of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If the filaments are straight, the screen projection requirements apply. If they are V-shaped, the ends of each filament shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

In this view the filaments of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If the filaments are straight, the screen projection requirements apply. If they are V-shaped, the ends of each filament shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane.

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the pins and the reference axis; and whether |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the pins and the reference axis; and whether

| (b) | The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. (i.e. 15°). The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical, the reference pin to the right and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely:






  2.2.1. | Within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘v’ to the right of and at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely:

2.2.1.

Within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘v’ to the right of and at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament;

| 2.2.2. | Above a straight line tangential to the upper edge of the projection of the major filament and rising from left to right at an angle of 25°. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.

Above a straight line tangential to the upper edge of the projection of the major filament and rising from left to right at an angle of 25°.

| 2.2.3. | To the right of the projection of the major filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.3.

To the right of the projection of the major filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/3

CATEGORY P21/5W — Sheet P21/5W/3

Dimensions in mm

Side elevation

Image 157

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u | v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 3,0 | 4,8 | 2,8 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

v

Dimensions

3,5

3,0

4,8

2,8

Front elevation

Image 158

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 9,0 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimensions

3,5

9,0

1,0

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/1

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 159

(1) The reference plane is defined by the meeting points of the cap-holder fit.

(2) No actual filament diameter restrictions apply but the objective is d max. = 1,1 mm.

(3) The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be white for categories P24W, PX24W, PS24W, PSX24W and PW24W; amber for categories PY24W, PSY24W and PWY24W; red for categories PR24W, PSR24W and PWR24W (see also footnote 8).

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/2

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/2

| Dimensions in mm (114) | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (118) |
| e (115), (116) | P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PX24W, PSX24W | | 24,0 | | 24,0 |
| PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W | | 18,1 | | 18,1 |
| f (115), (116) | P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W | | 4,0 | | 4,0 |
| PX24W, PSX24W | | 4,2 | | 4,2 |
| α (117) | 58,0 ° | | | 58,0 ° min. |
| P24W | Cap PGU20-3 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-127-2) |
| PX24W | Cap PGU20-7 |
| PY24W | Cap PGU20-4 |
| PR24W | Cap PGU20-6 |
| PS24W | Cap PG20-3 |
| PSX24W | Cap PG20-7 |
| PSY24W | Cap PG20-4 |
| PSR24W | Cap PG20-6 |
| PW24W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-3 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1) |
| PWY24W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-4 |
| PWR24W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-6 |

Dimensions in mm (114)

114

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(118)

118

e (115), (116)

115

116

P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PX24W, PSX24W

24,0

24,0

PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W

18,1

18,1

f (115), (116)

115

116

P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W

4,0

4,0

PX24W, PSX24W

4,2

4,2

α (117)

117

58,0 °

58,0 ° min.

P24W

Cap PGU20-3

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-127-2)

PX24W

Cap PGU20-7

PY24W

Cap PGU20-4

PR24W

Cap PGU20-6

PS24W

Cap PG20-3

PSX24W

Cap PG20-7

PSY24W

Cap PG20-4

PSR24W

Cap PG20-6

PW24W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-3

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1)

PWY24W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-4

PWR24W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-6

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

24

24

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

25 max.

25 max.

Luminous Flux

P24W

PS24W

PW24W

500 + 10/– 20 %

PX24W

PSX24W

500 + 10/– 15 %

PY24W

PSY24W

PWY24W

300 + 15/– 25 %

PR24W

PSR24W

PWR24W

115 + 15/– 25 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

12  V

White: 345 lm

13,2  V

White: 465 lm

13,5  V

White: 500 lm

Amber: 300 lm

Red: 115 lm

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/3

CATEGORIES P24W, PX24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W, PSR24W, PW24W, PWY24W AND PWR24W — Sheet P24W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 160

| P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,9 | 3,9 | 0,5 | 5,2 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

P24W, PY24W, PR24W, PS24W, PSY24W, PSR24W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,9

3,9

0,5

5,2

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

| PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,5 | 2,5 | 0,4 | 5,0 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

PW24W, PWY24W, PWR24W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,5

2,5

0,4

5,0

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

| PX24W, PSX24W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 1,9 | 1,9 | 0,35 | 5,0 | 4,0 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,5 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 4,0 |

PX24W, PSX24W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

1,9

1,9

0,35

5,0

4,0

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,5

0,25

4,7

4,0

The filament position is checked in two mutually perpendicular planes, one of them being the plane through the lead-in wires.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet P24W/2, footnote 6, shall lie between Z1 and Z2 and between the lines Z3 and Z4.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

CATEGORY P27W — Sheet P27W/1

CATEGORY P27W — Sheet P27W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 161

44 max.

26,5 max.

Reference axis (1)

Reference key

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 27,9  (120) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 9,9 | 9,9 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (119) | | | (120) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| β | 75 ° (120) | 90 ° | 105 ° (120) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap W2.5x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 27 | 27 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 32,1 max. | 32,1 max. |
| Luminous flux | 475 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 475 lm at approximately 13,5 V |
| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

27,9  (120)

120

27,9 ± 0,3

f

9,9

9,9 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (119)

119

(120)

120

0,0 ± 0,4

β

75 ° (120)

120

90 °

105 ° (120)

120

90° ± 5°

Cap W2.5x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

27

27

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

32,1 max.

32,1 max.

Luminous flux

475 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 475 lm at approximately 13,5 V

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

CATEGORY P27W — Sheet P27W/2

CATEGORY P27W — Sheet P27W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the keys and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 162

Side elevation

Front elevation

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 11,9 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

11,9

1,0

Test procedures and requirements.

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/1

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 163

44 max.

a = major (high-wattage) filament b = minor (low-wattage) filament

Ø26,5 max.

Reference axis (1)

Reference plane

Reference key

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 27,9  (122) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 9,9 | 9,9 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (121) | | | (122) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| x (123) | | 5,1  (122) | | 5,1 ± 0,5 |
| y (123) | | 0,0  (122) | | 0,0 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (122) | 90 ° | 105 ° (122) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap W2,5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 27 | 7 | 27 | 7 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 475 ± 15 % | 36 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 475 and 36 lm at approximately 13,5 V |
| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

27,9  (122)

122

27,9 ± 0,3

f

9,9

9,9 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (121)

121

(122)

122

0,0 ± 0,4

x (123)

123

5,1  (122)

122

5,1 ± 0,5

y (123)

123

0,0  (122)

122

0,0 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (122)

122

90 °

105 ° (122)

122

90° ± 5°

Cap W2,5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

27

7

27

7

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

Luminous flux

475 ± 15 %

36 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 475 and 36 lm at approximately 13,5 V

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/2

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the keys and the reference axis; and whether: |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the keys and the reference axis; and whether:

| (b) | The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements.

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical, the reference key to the right and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis; |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis;

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/3

CATEGORY P27/7W — Sheet P27/7W/3

Side elevation

Image 164

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 4,8 | 5,1 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

Dimension

3,5

3,0

4,8

5,1

Front elevation

Image 165

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 11,9 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimension

3,5

11,9

1,0

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/1

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 166

(1) The reference plane is defined by the meeting points of the cap-holder fit.

(2) No actual filament diameter restrictions apply but the objective is d max. = 1,1 mm.

(3) The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be white for category PC16W and PW16W; amber for category PCY16W and PWY16W; red for category PCR16W and PWR16W.

(see also footnote 7).

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/2

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (127) |
| e (124), (125) | PC16W
  PCY16W
  PCR16W | | 18,5 | | 18,5 |
| PW16W
  PWY16W
  PWR16W | | 17,1 | | 17,1 |
| f (124), (125) | | 4,0 | | 4,0 ± 0,2 |
| α (126) | 54 ° | | | 54 ° min. |
| PC16W | Cap PU20d-1 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-157-1) |
| PCY16W | Cap PU20d-2 |
| PCR16W | Cap PU20d-7 |
| PW16W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-8 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1) |
| PWY16W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-9 |
| PWR16W | Cap WP3.3x14.5-10 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(127)

127

e (124), (125)

124

125

PC16W

PCY16W

PCR16W

18,5

18,5

PW16W

PWY16W

PWR16W

17,1

17,1

f (124), (125)

124

125

4,0

4,0 ± 0,2

α (126)

126

54 °

54 ° min.

PC16W

Cap PU20d-1

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-157-1)

PCY16W

Cap PU20d-2

PCR16W

Cap PU20d-7

PW16W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-8

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-164-1)

PWY16W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-9

PWR16W

Cap WP3.3x14.5-10

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

16

16

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

17 max.

17 max.

Luminous flux

PC16W

PW16W

300 ± 15 %

PCY16W

PWY16W

180 ± 20 %

PCR16W

PWR16W

70 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately

13,5  V

White: 300 lm

Amber: 180 lm

Red: 70 lm

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/3

CATEGORIES PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W, PW16W, PWY16W AND PWR16W — Sheet PC16W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 167

| PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,9 | 3,9 | 0,5 | 5,2 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

PC16W, PCY16W, PCR16W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,9

3,9

0,5

5,2

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

| PW16W, PWY16W and PWR16W | a1 | a2 | b1, b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 2,5 | 2,5 | 0,4 | 5,2 | 3,8 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,7 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 3,8 |

PW16W, PWY16W and PWR16W

a1

a2

b1, b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

2,5

2,5

0,4

5,2

3,8

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,7

0,25

4,7

3,8

The filament position is checked in two mutually perpendicular planes, one of them being the plane through the lead-in wires.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet PC16W/2, footnote 5, shall lie between Z1 and Z2 and between the lines Z3 and Z4.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

CATEGORY PR21W — Sheet PR21W/1

CATEGORY PR21W — Sheet PR21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 168

45 max.

Reference pin

(2)

Ø26,5 max.

(5)

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (130) |
| e | 12  V | | 31,8  (129) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 30,8 | 31,8 | 32,8 | |
| f | 12  V | 5,5 | 6,0 | 7,0 | 6,0 ± 0,5 |
| Lateral deviation (128) | 12  V | | | (129) | 0,3 max |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| β | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAW15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11E-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values: | Volts | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage: | Volts | 13,5 | 28,0 | |
| Objective values: | Watts | 26,5 max. | 29,7 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux: | 110 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 460 lm |
| Red: 110 lm |
| (2) | The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 4). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(130)

130

e

12  V

31,8  (129)

129

31,8 ± 0,3

24  V

30,8

31,8

32,8

f

12  V

5,5

6,0

7,0

6,0 ± 0,5

Lateral deviation (128)

128

12  V

(129)

129

0,3 max

24  V

1,5

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BAW15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11E-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values:

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage:

Volts

13,5

28,0

Objective values:

Watts

26,5 max.

29,7 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux:

110 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 460 lm

Red: 110 lm

(2)

2

The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 4).

| (5) | In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane.

CATEGORY PR21/4W — Sheet PR21/4W/1

CATEGORY PR21/4W — Sheet PR21/4W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 169

a = major (high-wattage) filament b = minor (low-wattage) filament

45 max.

(4)

Ø 26,5 max.

(5)

Reference axis

Reference plane

Reference pin

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production (135) | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (136) |
| e | | 31,8  (131) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation | | | (131) | 0,3 max. (132) |
| x,y | (131) | 2,8 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (131) | 90 ° (131) | 105 ° (131) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAU15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-19-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 24  (134) | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 4 | 21 | 4 | 21/4 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 5,5 max. | 29,7 max. | 8,8 max. | 26,5/5,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 105 | 4 | 105 | 5 | |
| ± % | 20 | 25 | 20 | 25 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 440 lm and 15 lm |
| Red: 105 lm and 4 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production (135)

135

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(136)

136

e

31,8  (131)

131

31,8 ± 0,3

f

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation

(131)

131

0,3 max. (132)

132

x,y

(131)

131

2,8 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (131)

131

90 ° (131)

131

105 ° (131)

131

90° ± 5°

Cap BAU15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-19-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24  (134)

134

12

Watts

21

4

21

4

21/4

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

5,5 max.

29,7 max.

8,8 max.

26,5/5,5 max.

Luminous flux

105

4

105

5

± %

20

25

20

25

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 440 lm and 15 lm

Red: 105 lm and 4 lm

CATEGORY PR21/5W — Sheet PR21/5W/1

CATEGORY PR21/5W — Sheet PR21/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 170

45,0 max.

a = major (high wattage) filament b = minor (low wattage) filament

(3)

Ø26,5 max.

Reference axis

Reference plane

Reference pin

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production (140) | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (141) |
| e | 12  V | | 31,8  (137) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 30,8 | 31,8 | 32,8 | |
| f | 12  V | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (138) | 12  V | | | (137) | 0,3 max. |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| x, y | 12  V | | (137) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| x | 24 V (139) | –1,0 | 0 | 1,0 | |
| y | 24 V (139) | 1,8 | 2,8 | 3,8 | |
| β | | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAW15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11E-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 5 | 21 | 5 | 21/5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. | 29,7 max. | 11,0 max. | 26,5 and 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux ± % | 105 | 8 | 105 | 10 | |
| ± % | 20 | 25 | 20 | 25 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 440 lm and 35 lm |
| Red: 105 lm and 8 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production (140)

140

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(141)

141

e

12  V

31,8  (137)

137

31,8 ± 0,3

24  V

30,8

31,8

32,8

f

12  V

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (138)

138

12  V

(137)

137

0,3 max.

24  V

1,5

x, y

12  V

(137)

137

2,8 ± 0,3

x

24 V (139)

139

–1,0

0

1,0

y

24 V (139)

139

1,8

2,8

3,8

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BAW15d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-11E-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

5

21

5

21/5

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

29,7 max.

11,0 max.

26,5 and 6,6 max.

Luminous flux ± %

105

8

105

10

± %

20

25

20

25

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 440 lm and 35 lm

Red: 105 lm and 8 lm

CATEGORY PR27/7W — Sheet PR27/7W/1

CATEGORY PR27/7W — Sheet PR27/7W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 171

a = major (high-wattage) filament b = minor (low-wattage) filament

44 max.

Reference axis (1)

Ø26,5 max.

(5)

Reference key

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (145) |
| e | | 27,9  (143) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 9,9 | 9,9 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (142) | | | (143) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| x (144) | | 5,1  (143) | | 5,1 ± 0,5 |
| y (144) | | 0,0  (143) | | 0,0 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (143) | 90 ° | 105 ° (143) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap WU2.5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104D-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 27 | 7 | 27 | 7 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 110 ± 20 % | 9 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 475 and 36 lm |
| Red: 110 and 9 lm |
| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(145)

145

e

27,9  (143)

143

27,9 ± 0,3

f

9,9

9,9 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (142)

142

(143)

143

0,0 ± 0,4

x (144)

144

5,1  (143)

143

5,1 ± 0,5

y (144)

144

0,0  (143)

143

0,0 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (143)

143

90 °

105 ° (143)

143

90° ± 5°

Cap WU2.5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104D-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

27

7

27

7

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

Luminous flux

110 ± 20 %

9 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 475 and 36 lm

Red: 110 and 9 lm

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

| (5) | The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 6). |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 6).

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/1

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Figure 1

Figure 1

Main drawing

Main drawing

Image 172

  Figure 1 Main drawing

Figure 1 Main drawing

(1) The reference plane is defined by the meeting points of the cap-holder fit.

(2) No actual filament diameter restrictions apply but the objective is d max. = 1,1 mm.

Figure 2

Figure 2

Metal free zone (3)

Metal free zone

3

Image 173

  Figure 2 Metal free zone 3 3 1 2

Figure 2 Metal free zone 3 3 1 2

Enlarged centre of view A

Enlarged centre of view B

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/2

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| e (147) | 24,0  (146) | 24,0 ± 0,25 |
| f (147) | 4,2  (146) | 4,2 ± 0,25 |
| α1
   (148) | 35,0 ° min. | 35,0 ° min. |
| α2
   (148) | 58,0 ° min. | 58,0 ° min. |
| Cap PG18.5d-3 | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-147-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

e (147)

147

24,0  (146)

146

24,0 ± 0,25

f (147)

147

4,2  (146)

146

4,2 ± 0,25

α1
   (148)

1

148

35,0 ° min.

35,0 ° min.

α2
   (148)

2

148

58,0 ° min.

58,0 ° min.

Cap PG18.5d-3

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-147-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Voltage

V

12

12

Wattage

W

26

26

Test voltage

V

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Wattage

W

26 max.

26 max.

Luminous flux

lm

500

±

+ 10 %/– 10 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 12 V

345 lm

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,2 V

465 lm

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

500 lm

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/3

CATEGORY PSX26W — Sheet PSX26W/3

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Image 174

| | a1 | a2 | b1,b2 | c1 | c2 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Filament lamps of normal production | 1,7 | 1,7 | 0,30 | 5,0 | 4,0 |
| Standard filament lamps | 1,5 | 1,5 | 0,25 | 4,7 | 4,0 |

a1

a2

b1,b2

c1

c2

Filament lamps of normal production

1,7

1,7

0,30

5,0

4,0

Standard filament lamps

1,5

1,5

0,25

4,7

4,0

The filament position is checked in two mutually perpendicular planes, one of them being the plane through the lead-in wires.

The ends of the filament as defined on sheet PSX26W/2, footnote 4, shall lie between Z1 and Z2 and between the lines Z3 and Z4.

The filament shall lie entirely within the limits shown.

CATEGORY PY21W — Sheet PY21W/1

CATEGORY PY21W — Sheet PY21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 175

45 max.

Reference pin

(2)

Ø 26,5 max.

(5)

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (151) |
| e | 12  V | | 31,8  (150) | | 31,8 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 30,8 | 31,8 | 32,8 | |
| f | 12  V | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (149) | 12  V | | | (150) | 0,3 max. |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| β | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BAU15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-19-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 29,7 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 280 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 460 lm |
| Amber: 280 lm |
| (2) | The light emitted from production lamps shall be amber (see also footnote 4). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(151)

151

e

12  V

31,8  (150)

150

31,8 ± 0,3

24  V

30,8

31,8

32,8

f

12  V

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (149)

149

12  V

(150)

150

0,3 max.

24  V

1,5

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BAU15s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-19-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

29,7 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

280 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 460 lm

Amber: 280 lm

(2)

2

The light emitted from production lamps shall be amber (see also footnote 4).

| (5) | In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

In this view the filament of the 24 V type may be straight or V-shaped. This shall be indicated in the application of approval. If it is straight, the screen projection requirements, sheet P21W/2, apply. If it is V-shaped, the filament ends shall be at the same distance within ± 3 mm from the reference plane.

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/1

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 176

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production (154) | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (155) |
| e | | 28,6  (152) | | 28,6 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,0 | 7,0 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (153) | | | (152) | 0,3 max. |
| x, y | | (152) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| β | 75 ° | 90 ° | 105 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BA15d-3 (100°/130°) in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-173-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 5 | 21/5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. | 26,5 and 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux | 270 | 21 | |
| ± % | 20 | 20 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V | White: 440 lm and 35 lm |
| Amber: 270 lm and 21 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production (154)

154

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(155)

155

e

28,6  (152)

152

28,6 ± 0,3

f

7,0

7,0 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (153)

153

(152)

152

0,3 max.

x, y

(152)

152

2,8 ± 0,3

β

75 °

90 °

105 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BA15d-3 (100°/130°) in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-173-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

5

21/5

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

26,5 and 6,6 max.

Luminous flux

270

21

± %

20

20

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 440 lm and 35 lm

Amber: 270 lm and 21 lm

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/2

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the pins and the reference axis; and whether |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the pins and the reference axis; and whether

| (b) | The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. (i.e. 15°). The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical, the reference pin to the right and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely:






  2.2.1. | within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘v’ to the right of and at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament; |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely:

2.2.1.

within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘v’ to the right of and at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament;

| 2.2.2. | Above a straight line tangential to the upper edge of the projection of the major filament and rising from left to right at an angle of 25°. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.

Above a straight line tangential to the upper edge of the projection of the major filament and rising from left to right at an angle of 25°.

| 2.2.3. | To the right of the projection of the major filament |
| --- | --- |

2.2.3.

To the right of the projection of the major filament

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/3

CATEGORY PY21/5W — Sheet PY21/5W/3

Dimensions in mm

Side elevation

Image 177

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u | v |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 3,0 | 4,8 | 2,8 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

v

Dimensions

3,5

3,0

4,8

2,8

Front elevation

Image 178

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 9,0 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimensions

3,5

9,0

1,0

CATEGORY PY27/7W — Sheet PY27/7W/1

CATEGORY PY27/7W — Sheet PY27/7W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 179

a = major (high wattage) filament

b = minor (low wattage) filament

44 max.

Reference axis

Ø 26,5 max.

(5)

Reference plane

Reference key

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (159) |
| e | | 27,9  (157) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 9,9 | 9,9 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (156) | | | (157) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| x (158) | | 5,1  (157) | | 5,1 ± 0,5 |
| y (158) | | 0,0  (157) | | 0,0 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (157) | 90 ° | 105 ° (157) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap WX2.5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104A-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 27 | 7 | 27 | 7 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. | 32,1 max. | 8,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 280 ± 15 % | 21 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 475 and 36 lm |
| Amber: 280 and 21 lm |
| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(159)

159

e

27,9  (157)

157

27,9 ± 0,3

f

9,9

9,9 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (156)

156

(157)

157

0,0 ± 0,4

x (158)

158

5,1  (157)

157

5,1 ± 0,5

y (158)

158

0,0  (157)

157

0,0 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (157)

157

90 °

105 ° (157)

157

90° ± 5°

Cap WX2.5x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-104A-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

27

7

27

7

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

32,1 max.

8,5 max.

Luminous flux

280 ± 15 %

21 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 475 and 36 lm

Amber: 280 and 21 lm

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

| (5) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be amber (see also footnote 6). |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be amber (see also footnote 6).

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/1

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 180

50 max.

Passing beam filament

Reference axis (1)

Passing beam

Ø 41,0 max.

(3)

(2)

Driving beam filament

Earth

Reference plane

Driving beam

| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| --- |
| | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| Rated values | Volts | 6  (160) | 12  (160) | 24  (160) | 12  (160) |
| Watts | 45 | 40 | 45 | 40 | 55 | 50 | 45 | 40 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,3 | 13,2 | 28,0 | 13,2 |
| Objective values | Watts | 53 max. | 47 max. | 57 max. | 51 max. | 76 max. | 69 max. | 52
  + 0 %
  – 10 % | 46
  ± 5 % |
| Luminous flux | 720  min. | 570
  ± 15 % | 860  min. | 675
  ± 15 % | 1 000  min. | 860
  ± 15 % | |
| Measuring flux (161) | — | 450 | — | 450 | — | 450 | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 12 V | 700 | 450 |
| (1) | The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the 45 mm cap diameter. |

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

Rated values

Volts

6  (160)

160

12  (160)

160

24  (160)

160

12  (160)

160

Watts

45

40

45

40

55

50

45

40

Test voltage

Volts

6,3

13,2

28,0

13,2

Objective values

Watts

53 max.

47 max.

57 max.

51 max.

76 max.

69 max.

52

+ 0 %

– 10 %

46

± 5 %

Luminous flux

720  min.

570

± 15 %

860  min.

675

± 15 %

1 000  min.

860

± 15 %

Measuring flux (161)

161

—

450

—

450

—

450

Reference luminous flux at approximately 12 V

700

450

(1)

1

The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the 45 mm cap diameter.

| (2) | The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

2

The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

| (3) | No part of the cap shall, by reflection of light emitted by the passing beam filament, throw any stray rising ray when the filament lamp is in the normal operating position on the vehicle. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

No part of the cap shall, by reflection of light emitted by the passing beam filament, throw any stray rising ray when the filament lamp is in the normal operating position on the vehicle.

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/2

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/2

Position and dimensions (in mm) of shield and filaments

The drawings are not mandatory with respect to the design of the shield and filaments

Image 181

Top view

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/3

CATEGORY R2 — Sheet R2/3

| Filaments and shield position and dimensions (162) |
| --- |
| Dimensions in mm | Tolerance |
| Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| 6 V 12 V 24 V | 12  V |
| a | 0,60 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| b1/30,0 (163)

  b1/33,0 | 0,20
  b1/30,0 mv (164) | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| b2/30,0 (163)

  b2/33,0 | 0,20
  b2/30,0 mv (164) | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| c/30,0 (163)

  c/33,0 | 0,50
  c/30,0 mv (164) | ± 0,30 | ± 0,15 |
| e | 6, 12 V
  24 V | 28,5
  28,8 | ± 0,35 | ± 0,15 |
| f | 6, 12 V
  24 V | 1,8
  2,2 | ± 0,40 | ± 0,20 |
| g | 0 | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| h/30,0 (163)

  h/33,0 | 0
  h/30,0 mv (164) | ± 0,50 | ± 0,30 |
| 1/2(p-q) | 0 | ± 0,60 | ± 0,30 |
| IC | 5,5 | ± 1,50 | ± 0,50 |
| γ (165) | 15 ° nom. | | |
| Cap P45t-41 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-95-5) |

Filaments and shield position and dimensions (162)

162

Dimensions in mm

Tolerance

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

6 V 12 V 24 V

12  V

a

0,60

± 0,35

± 0,15

b1/30,0 (163)

163

b1/33,0

0,20

b1/30,0 mv (164)

164

± 0,35

± 0,15

b2/30,0 (163)

163

b2/33,0

0,20

b2/30,0 mv (164)

164

± 0,35

± 0,15

c/30,0 (163)

163

c/33,0

0,50

c/30,0 mv (164)

164

± 0,30

± 0,15

e

6, 12 V

24 V

28,5

28,8

± 0,35

± 0,15

f

6, 12 V

24 V

1,8

2,2

± 0,40

± 0,20

g

0

± 0,50

± 0,30

h/30,0 (163)

163

h/33,0

0

h/30,0 mv (164)

164

± 0,50

± 0,30

1/2(p-q)

0

± 0,60

± 0,30

IC

C

5,5

± 1,50

± 0,50

γ (165)

165

15 ° nom.

Cap P45t-41 in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-95-5)

CATEGORY R5W AND RR5W — Sheet R5W/1

CATEGORY R5W AND RR5W — Sheet R5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 182

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (168) |
| e | 17,5 | 19,0 | 20,5 | 19,0 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (167) | | | 1,5 | 0,3 max. |
| β | 60 ° | 90 ° | 120 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap: | R5W: | BA15s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 | (sheet 7004-11A-9) (166) |
| RR5W: | BAW15s | (sheet 7004-11E-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6  (169) | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 5 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 5,5 max. | 7,7 max. | 5,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | R5W | 50 ± 20 % | |
| RR5W | (169) | 12 ± 25 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 50 lm |
| Red: 12 lm |
| (3) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category R5W and red for category RR5W (see also footnote 4). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(168)

168

e

17,5

19,0

20,5

19,0 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (167)

167

1,5

0,3 max.

β

60 °

90 °

120 °

90° ± 5°

Cap:

R5W:

BA15s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061

(sheet 7004-11A-9) (166)

166

RR5W:

BAW15s

(sheet 7004-11E-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6  (169)

169

12

24

12

Watts

5

5

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

5,5 max.

7,7 max.

5,5 max.

Luminous flux

R5W

50 ± 20 %

RR5W

(169)

169

12 ± 25 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 50 lm

Red: 12 lm

(3)

3

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category R5W and red for category RR5W (see also footnote 4).

CATEGORIES R10W, RY10W AND RR10W — Sheet R10W/1

CATEGORIES R10W, RY10W AND RR10W — Sheet R10W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 183

30 max.

Reference pin

Ø 19 max.

(3)

Reference plane

Reference axis

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (172) |
| e | 17,5 | 19,0 | 20,5 | 19,0 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (171) | | | 1,5 | 0,3 max. |
| β | 60 ° | 90 ° | 120 ° | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap: | R10W: | BA15s | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 | (sheet 7004-11A-9) (170) |
| RY10W: | BAU15s | (sheet 7004-19-2) |
| RR10W: | BAW15s | (sheet 7004-11E-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6  (173) | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 10 | 10 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | R10W RY10W | 11 max. | 14 max. | 11 max. |
| RR10W | (173) | 11 max. | 11 max. |
| Luminous flux | R10W | 125 ± 20 % | |
| RY10W | 75 ± 20 % | |
| | RR10W | (173) | 30 ± 25 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 125 lm |
| Amber: 75 lm |
| Red: 30 lm |
| (3) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category R10W, amber for category RY10W and red for category RR10W (see also footnote 4) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(172)

172

e

17,5

19,0

20,5

19,0 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (171)

171

1,5

0,3 max.

β

60 °

90 °

120 °

90° ± 5°

Cap:

R10W:

BA15s

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061

(sheet 7004-11A-9) (170)

170

RY10W:

BAU15s

(sheet 7004-19-2)

RR10W:

BAW15s

(sheet 7004-11E-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6  (173)

173

12

24

12

Watts

10

10

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28

13,5

Objective values

Watts

R10W RY10W

11 max.

14 max.

11 max.

RR10W

(173)

173

11 max.

11 max.

Luminous flux

R10W

125 ± 20 %

RY10W

75 ± 20 %

RR10W

(173)

173

30 ± 25 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 125 lm

Amber: 75 lm

Red: 30 lm

(3)

3

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category R10W, amber for category RY10W and red for category RR10W (see also footnote 4)

CATEGORIES S1 AND S2 — Sheet S1/S2/1

CATEGORIES S1 AND S2 — Sheet S1/S2/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Filament lamps for motorcycles

Image 184

(1) The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

(2) The reference plane is perpendicular to the reference axis and touches the upper surface of the lug having a width of 4,5 mm.

(3) Plane V-V contains the reference axis and the centre line of the lugs.

(4) Plane H-H (the normal position of the shield) is perpendicular to plane V-V and contains the reference axis.

CATEGORIES S1 AND S2 — Sheet S1/S2/2

CATEGORIES S1 AND S2 — Sheet S1/S2/2

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 32,35 | 32,70 | 33,05 | 32,7 ± 0,15 |
| f | 1,4 | 1,8 | 2,2 | 1,8 ± 0,2 |
| l | 4,0 | 5,5 | 7,0 | 5,5 ± 0,5 |
| c (174) | –0,2 | 0,5 | 0,8 | 0,5 ± 0,15 |
| b (174) | –0,15 | 0,2 | 0,55 | 0,2 ± 0,15 |
| a (174) | 0,25 | 0,6 | 0,95 | 0,6 ± 0,15 |
| h | –0,5 | 0 | 0,5 | 0 ± 0,2 |
| g | –0,5 | 0 | 0,5 | 0 ± 0,2 |
| β (174), (175) | – 2°30′ | 0 ° | + 2°30′ | 0° ± 1° |
| Cap BA20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-12-7) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | S1 | 6  (176) | 12  (176) | 6 |
| S2 | 12 |
| Watts | S1 | 25 | 25 | 25 | 25 | 25 | 25 |
| S2 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 | 35 |
| Test voltage | Volts | S1 | 6,75 | 13,5 | 6,75 |
| S2 | 6,3 | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | S1 | 25 ± 5 % | 25 ± 5 % | 25 ± 5 % | 25 ± 5 % | 25 ± 5 % | 25 ± 5 % |
| S2 | 35 ± 5 % | 35 ± 5 % | 35 ± 5 % | 35 ± 5 % | 35 ± 5 % | 35 ± 5 % |
| Luminous flux | S1 | 435 ± 20 % | 315 ± 20 % | 435 ± 20 % | 315 ± 20 % | |
| S2 | 650 ± 20 % | 465 ± 20 % | 650 ± 20 % | 465 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux | S1 | at approximately | 6  V | 398 | 284 |
| S2 | at approximately | 12  V | 568 | 426 |
| 13,2  V | 634 | 457 |
| 13,5  V | 650 | 465 |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

32,35

32,70

33,05

32,7 ± 0,15

f

1,4

1,8

2,2

1,8 ± 0,2

l

4,0

5,5

7,0

5,5 ± 0,5

c (174)

174

–0,2

0,5

0,8

0,5 ± 0,15

b (174)

174

–0,15

0,2

0,55

0,2 ± 0,15

a (174)

174

0,25

0,6

0,95

0,6 ± 0,15

h

–0,5

0

0,5

0 ± 0,2

g

–0,5

0

0,5

0 ± 0,2

β (174), (175)

174

175

– 2°30′

0 °

+ 2°30′

0° ± 1°

Cap BA20d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-12-7)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

S1

6  (176)

176

12  (176)

176

6

S2

12

Watts

S1

25

25

25

25

25

25

S2

35

35

35

35

35

35

Test voltage

Volts

S1

6,75

13,5

6,75

S2

6,3

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

S1

25 ± 5 %

25 ± 5 %

25 ± 5 %

25 ± 5 %

25 ± 5 %

25 ± 5 %

S2

35 ± 5 %

35 ± 5 %

35 ± 5 %

35 ± 5 %

35 ± 5 %

35 ± 5 %

Luminous flux

S1

435 ± 20 %

315 ± 20 %

435 ± 20 %

315 ± 20 %

S2

650 ± 20 %

465 ± 20 %

650 ± 20 %

465 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux

S1

at approximately

6  V

398

284

S2

at approximately

12  V

568

426

13,2  V

634

457

13,5  V

650

465

CATEGORY S3 — Sheet S3/1

CATEGORY S3 — Sheet S3/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Filament lamp for mopeds

Image 185

34 max.

Reference axis

Ø 26 max.

(1)

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e (177) | 19,0 | 19,5 | 20,0 | 19,5 ± 0,25 |
| f | 6  V | | | 3,0 | 2,5 ± 0,5 |
| 12  V | | | 4,0 | |
| h1, h2 (178) | –0,5 | 0 | 0,5 | 0 ± 0,3 |
| Cap P26s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-36-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 6 |
| Watts | 15 | 15 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 6,75 |
| Objective values | Watts | 15 ± 6 % | 15 ± 6 % |
| Luminous flux | 240 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 240 lm at approximately 6,75 V |
| (1) | The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e (177)

177

19,0

19,5

20,0

19,5 ± 0,25

f

6  V

3,0

2,5 ± 0,5

12  V

4,0

h1, h2 (178)

178

–0,5

0

0,5

0 ± 0,3

Cap P26s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-36-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

6

Watts

15

15

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

6,75

Objective values

Watts

15 ± 6 %

15 ± 6 %

Luminous flux

240 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 240 lm at approximately 6,75 V

(1)

1

The colour of the light emitted shall be white or selective-yellow.

CATEGORY T1.4W — Sheet T1.4W/1

CATEGORY T1.4W — Sheet T1.4W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 186

11,7 max.

Ø 5,8 max.

Reference axis (2)

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 7,6 | 8,3 | 9,0 | 8,3 ± 0,35 |
| Lateral deviation (179) | | | 0,7 | 0,35 max |
| β | 55 ° | 70 ° | 85 ° | 70° ± 5° |
| Cap P11.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-79-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 1,4 | 1,4 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 1,54 max. | 1,54 max. |
| Luminous flux | 8 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 8 lm at approximately 13,5 V |
| (2) | The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter ‘M’. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

7,6

8,3

9,0

8,3 ± 0,35

Lateral deviation (179)

179

0,7

0,35 max

β

55 °

70 °

85 °

70° ± 5°

Cap P11.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-79-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

1,4

1,4

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

1,54 max.

1,54 max.

Luminous flux

8 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 8 lm at approximately 13,5 V

(2)

2

The reference axis is perpendicular to the reference plane and passes through the centre of the circle of diameter ‘M’.

CATEGORY T4W — Sheet T4W/1

CATEGORY T4W — Sheet T4W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 187

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 13,5 | 15,0 | 16,5 | 15,0 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (180) | | | 1,5 | 0,5 max |
| β | | 90 ° | | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap BA9s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-14-9) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 4 | 4 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 4,4 max. | 5,5 max. | 4,4 max. |
| Luminous flux | 35 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V |
| (2) | Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering extending beyond the permissible maximum diameter of the cap. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

13,5

15,0

16,5

15,0 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (180)

180

1,5

0,5 max

β

90 °

90° ± 5°

Cap BA9s in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-14-9)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

4

4

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

4,4 max.

5,5 max.

4,4 max.

Luminous flux

35 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux: 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V

(2)

2

Over the entire length of the cap there shall be no projections or soldering extending beyond the permissible maximum diameter of the cap.

CATEGORY W2.3W — Sheet W2.3W/1

CATEGORY W2.3W — Sheet W2.3W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 188

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 10,3 | 10,8 | 11,3 | 10,8 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (181) | | | 1,0 | 0,5 max |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | +15 ° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W2x4.6d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-94-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 2,3 | 2,3 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 2,5 max. | 2,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 18,6 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 18,6 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

10,3

10,8

11,3

10,8 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (181)

181

1,0

0,5 max

β

–15 °

0 °

+15 °

0° ± 5°

Cap W2x4.6d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-94-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

2,3

2,3

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

2,5 max.

2,5 max.

Luminous flux

18,6 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux: 18,6 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY W3W — Sheet W3W/1

CATEGORY W3W — Sheet W3W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 189

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 11,2 | 12,7 | 14,2 | 12,7 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (182) | | | 1,5 | 0,5 max |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 3 | 3 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 3,45 max. | 4,6 max. | 3,45 max. |
| Luminous flux | 22 ± 30 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 22 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

11,2

12,7

14,2

12,7 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (182)

182

1,5

0,5 max

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0° ± 5°

Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

24

12

Watts

3

3

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

3,45 max.

4,6 max.

3,45 max.

Luminous flux

22 ± 30 %

Reference luminous flux: 22 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY W5W, WY5W AND WR5W — Sheet W5W/1

CATEGORY W5W, WY5W AND WR5W — Sheet W5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 190

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | (184) |
| e | 11,2 | 12,7 | 14,2 | 12,7 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (183) | | | 1,5 | 0,5 max. |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6  (185) | 12 | 24 | 12 |
| Watts | 5 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 28,0 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 5,5 max. | 7,7 max. | 5,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | W5W | 50 ± 20 % | |
| WY5W | 30 ± 20 % | |
| WR5W | (185) | 12 ± 25 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 50 lm |
| Amber: 30 lm |
| Red: 12 lm |
| (2) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category W5W, amber for category WY5W and red for category WR5W (see also footnote 3). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

(184)

184

e

11,2

12,7

14,2

12,7 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (183)

183

1,5

0,5 max.

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0° ± 5°

Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6  (185)

185

12

24

12

Watts

5

5

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

5,5 max.

7,7 max.

5,5 max.

Luminous flux

W5W

50 ± 20 %

WY5W

30 ± 20 %

WR5W

(185)

185

12 ± 25 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 50 lm

Amber: 30 lm

Red: 12 lm

(2)

2

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category W5W, amber for category WY5W and red for category WR5W (see also footnote 3).

CATEGORIES W10W AND WY10W — Sheet W10W/1

CATEGORIES W10W AND WY10W — Sheet W10W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 191

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 15,5 | 17,0 | 18,5 | 17,0 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (186) | | | 1,0 | 0,5 max. |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 6 | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 10 | 10 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 6,75 | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 11 max. | 11 max. |
| Luminous flux | White | 125 ± 20 % | |
| Amber | 75 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 125 lm |
| Amber: 75 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

15,5

17,0

18,5

17,0 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (186)

186

1,0

0,5 max.

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0° ± 5°

Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

6

12

12

Watts

10

10

Test voltage

Volts

6,75

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

11 max.

11 max.

Luminous flux

White

125 ± 20 %

Amber

75 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 125 lm

Amber: 75 lm

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/1

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Filament lamp for motorcycles

Image 192

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 25,0  (187) | | 25,0 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (188) | | | (187) | 0,3 max. |
| x (189) | | 2,8  (187) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| y (189) | | 0,0  (187) | | 0,0 ± 0,3 |
| β | –15 ° (187) | 0 ° | + 15° (187) | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap WZ3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-151-1) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 15 | 5 | 15 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 19,1 max. | 6,6 max. | 19,1 max. | 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux | 280 ± 15 % | 35 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 280 lm and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

25,0  (187)

187

25,0 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (188)

188

(187)

187

0,3 max.

x (189)

189

2,8  (187)

187

2,8 ± 0,3

y (189)

189

0,0  (187)

187

0,0 ± 0,3

β

–15 ° (187)

187

0 °

+ 15° (187)

187

0° ± 5°

Cap WZ3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-151-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

15

5

15

5

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

19,1 max.

6,6 max.

19,1 max.

6,6 max.

Luminous flux

280 ± 15 %

35 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux: 280 lm and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/2

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis; and whether: |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis; and whether:

| (b) | The minor filament is correctly positioned relative to the major filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor filament is correctly positioned relative to the major filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements.

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits (± 15°).

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/3

CATEGORY W15/5W — Sheet W15/5W/3

Side elevation

Image 193

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,3 | 2,8 | 4,8 | 2,8 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

Dimensions

3,3

2,8

4,8

2,8

Front elevation

Image 194

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,3 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimensions

3,3

9,5

1,0

CATEGORIES W16W AND WY16W — Sheet W16W/1

CATEGORIES W16W AND WY16W — Sheet W16W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 195

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 18,3 | 20,6 | 22,9 | 20,6 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (190) | | | 1,0 | 0,5 max. |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0 ± 5° |
| Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 16 | 16 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 21,35 max. | 21,35 max. |
| Luminous flux | White | 310 ± 20 % | |
| Amber | 190 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 310 lm |
| Amber: 190 lm |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

18,3

20,6

22,9

20,6 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (190)

190

1,0

0,5 max.

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0 ± 5°

Cap W2.1x9.5d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-91-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

16

16

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

21,35 max.

21,35 max.

Luminous flux

White

310 ± 20 %

Amber

190 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 310 lm

Amber: 190 lm

CATEGORY W21W — Sheet W21W/1

CATEGORY W21W — Sheet W21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 196

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 29,0  (192) | | 29,0 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (191) | | | (192) | 0,5 max. |
| β | –15 ° (192) | 0 ° | + 15° (192) | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W3x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-105-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 460 ± 15 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

29,0  (192)

192

29,0 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (191)

191

(192)

192

0,5 max.

β

–15 ° (192)

192

0 °

+ 15° (192)

192

0° ± 5°

Cap W3x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-105-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

460 ± 15 %

Reference luminous flux: 460 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY W21W — Sheet W21W/2

CATEGORY W21W — Sheet W21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

| Side elevation | Front elevation |
| --- | --- |
| |

Side elevation

Front elevation

Image 197

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

9,5

1,0

Test procedures and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits, i.e. ± 15°. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits (± 15°).

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/1

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 198

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 25,0  (193) | | 25,0 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (194) | | | (193) | 0,3 max. |
| x (195) | | 2,8  (193) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| y (195) | | 0,0  (193) | | 0,0 ± 0,3 |
| β | –15 ° (193) | 0 ° | + 15° (193) | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-106-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 5 | 21 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux | 440 ± 15 % | 35 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux: 440 and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

25,0  (193)

193

25,0 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (194)

194

(193)

193

0,3 max.

x (195)

195

2,8  (193)

193

2,8 ± 0,3

y (195)

195

0,0  (193)

193

0,0 ± 0,3

β

–15 ° (193)

193

0 °

+ 15° (193)

193

0° ± 5°

Cap W3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-106-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

5

21

5

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

Luminous flux

440 ± 15 %

35 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux: 440 and 35 lm at approximately 13,5 V

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/2

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis; and whether: |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis; and whether:

| (b) | The minor filament is correctly positioned relative to the major filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor filament is correctly positioned relative to the major filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements.

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits (± 15°).

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis; |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis;

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/3

CATEGORY W21/5W — Sheet W21/5W/3

Side elevation

Image 199

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 4,8 | 2,8 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

Dimension

3,5

3,0

4,8

2,8

Front elevation

Image 200

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimension

3,5

9,5

1,0

CATEGORIES WP21W AND WPY21W — Sheet WP21W/1

CATEGORIES WP21W AND WPY21W — Sheet WP21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 201

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 27,9  (197) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | 5,5 | 6,0 | 7,0 | 6,0 ± 0,5 |
| Lateral deviation (196) | | | (197) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| β | 75 ° (197) | 90 ° | 105 ° (197) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap: | WP21W: | WY2.5x16d | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 | (sheet 7004-104B-1) |
| WPY21W: | WZ2.5x16d | (sheet 7004-104C-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

27,9  (197)

197

27,9 ± 0,3

f

5,5

6,0

7,0

6,0 ± 0,5

Lateral deviation (196)

196

(197)

197

0,0 ± 0,4

β

75 ° (197)

197

90 °

105 ° (197)

197

90° ± 5°

Cap:

WP21W:

WY2.5x16d

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061

(sheet 7004-104B-1)

WPY21W:

WZ2.5x16d

(sheet 7004-104C-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

WP21W

460 ± 15 %

WPY21W

280 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 460 lm

Amber: 280 lm

| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

| (4) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WP21W and amber for category WPY21W (see also footnote 5) |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WP21W and amber for category WPY21W (see also footnote 5)

| (5) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category WP21W and white or amber for category WPY21W. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category WP21W and white or amber for category WPY21W.

CATEGORIES WP21W AND WPY21W — Sheet WP21W/2

CATEGORIES WP21W AND WPY21W — Sheet WP21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centre line of the keys and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

| Side elevation | Front elevation |
| --- | --- |
| |

Side elevation

Front elevation

Image 202

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 9,0 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

9,0

1,0

Test procedures and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORY WR21/5W — Sheet WR21/5W/1

CATEGORY WR21/5W — Sheet WR21/5W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 203

39 max.

8,5 max.

(4), (5)

Ø20,5 max.

Reference boss

Referece axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 25,0  (198) | | 25,0 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (199) | | | (198) | 0,3 max. |
| x (200) | | 2,8  (198) | | 2,8 ± 0,3 |
| y (200) | | 0,0  (198) | | 0,0 ± 0,3 |
| β | –15 ° (198) | 0 ° | 15 ° (198) | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap WY3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-106-3) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 5 | 21 | 5 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. | 26,5 max. | 6,6 max. |
| Luminous flux | 105 ± 20 % | 8 ± 25 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V | White: 440 lm and 35 lm |
| Red: 105 lm and 8 lm |
| (4) | The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 5). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

25,0  (198)

198

25,0 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (199)

199

(198)

198

0,3 max.

x (200)

200

2,8  (198)

198

2,8 ± 0,3

y (200)

200

0,0  (198)

198

0,0 ± 0,3

β

–15 ° (198)

198

0 °

15 ° (198)

198

0° ± 5°

Cap WY3x16q in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-106-3)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

5

21

5

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

26,5 max.

6,6 max.

Luminous flux

105 ± 20 %

8 ± 25 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 440 lm and 35 lm

Red: 105 lm and 8 lm

(4)

4

The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 5).

| (5) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red.

CATEGORY WT21W AND WTY21W — Sheet WT21W/1

CATEGORY WT21W AND WTY21W — Sheet WT21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 204

44 Max.

Reference Plane

Reference Axis

ø 20,5 Max

(4)

Reference Key

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp (203) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. |
| e | 12  V | | 27,9  (202) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| 24  V | 26,9 | 27,9 | 28,9 | |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (201) | 12  V | | | (202) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| 24  V | | | 1,5 | |
| β | 75 ° (202) | 90 ° | 105 ° (202) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap: | WT21W: | WUX2.5x16d | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 | (sheet 7004-[....]-1) |
| WTY21W: | WUY2.5x16d | (sheet 7004-[....]-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp (203)

203

min.

nom.

max.

e

12  V

27,9  (202)

202

27,9 ± 0,3

24  V

26,9

27,9

28,9

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (201)

201

12  V

(202)

202

0,0 ± 0,4

24  V

1,5

β

75 ° (202)

202

90 °

105 ° (202)

202

90° ± 5°

Cap:

WT21W:

WUX2.5x16d

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061

(sheet 7004-[....]-1)

WTY21W:

WUY2.5x16d

(sheet 7004-[....]-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

24

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

28,0

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

29,7 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

WT21W

460 ± 15 %

WTY21W

280 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 460 lm

Amber: 280 lm

| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

| (4) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WT21W and amber for category WTY21W (see also note 5). |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WT21W and amber for category WTY21W (see also note 5).

CATEGORY WT21W AND WTY21W — Sheet WT21W/2

CATEGORY WT21W AND WTY21W — Sheet WT21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

| Side elevation | Front elevation |
| --- | --- |
| |

Side elevation

Front elevation

Image 205

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

9,5

1,0

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits, i.e. ± 15°. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits (± 15°).

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/1

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 206

44 Max.

Reference Plane

Reference Axis

ø 20,5 Max.

Support (5)

(6)

Reference Key (5)

a = major (high wattage) filament b = minor (low wattage) filament

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production (6) | Standard filament lamp (7) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. |
| e | | 27,9  (3) | | 27,9 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (2) | | | (3) | 0,0 ± 0,4 |
| x (4) | | 5,1  (3) | | 5,1 ± 0,5 |
| y (4) | | 0,0  (3) | | 0,0 ± 0,5 |
| β | 75 ° (3) | 90 ° | 105 ° (3) | 90° ± 5° |
| Cap: | WT21/7W: | WZX2.5x16q | in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 | (sheet 7004-[....]-1) |
| WTY21/7W: | WZY2.5x16q | (sheet 7004-[....]-1) |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production (6)

6

Standard filament lamp (7)

7

min.

nom.

max.

e

27,9  (3)

3

27,9 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (2)

2

(3)

3

0,0 ± 0,4

x (4)

4

5,1  (3)

3

5,1 ± 0,5

y (4)

4

0,0  (3)

3

0,0 ± 0,5

β

75 ° (3)

3

90 °

105 ° (3)

3

90° ± 5°

Cap:

WT21/7W:

WZX2.5x16q

in accordance with IEC Publication 60061

(sheet 7004-[....]-1)

WTY21/7W:

WZY2.5x16q

(sheet 7004-[....]-1)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

7

21

7

Test

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objevtive values

Watts

26,5 max.

8,5 max.

26,5 max.

8,5 max.

Luminous flux

440 ± 15 %

35 ± 20 %

280 ± 20 %

22 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 440 and 35 lm

Amber: 280 and 22 lm

For the notes see sheet WT21/7W/2.

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/2

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/2

Notes:

Notes:

| (1) | The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane. |
| --- | --- |

(1)

1

The reference axis is defined with respect to the reference keys and is perpendicular to the reference plane.

| (2) | Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys. |
| --- | --- |

(2)

2

Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

| (3) | To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets WT21/7W/2 and 3. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets WT21/7W/2 and 3.

| (4) | ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor (low wattage) filament with respect to the axis of the major (high wattage) filament. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor (low wattage) filament with respect to the axis of the major (high wattage) filament.

| (5) | If the minor filament is positioned using an asymmetric support similar to the one shown then the reference key and support structure must be located on the same side of the filament lamp. |
| --- | --- |

(5)

5

If the minor filament is positioned using an asymmetric support similar to the one shown then the reference key and support structure must be located on the same side of the filament lamp.

| (6) | The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WT21/7W and amber for category WTY21/7W (see also note 7). |
| --- | --- |

(6)

6

The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be white for category WT21/7W and amber for category WTY21/7W (see also note 7).

| (7) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category WT21/7W and white or amber for category WTY21/7W. |
| --- | --- |

(7)

7

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category WT21/7W and white or amber for category WTY21/7W.

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether:

| (a) | The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the keys and the reference axis; and whether: |
| --- | --- |

(a)

The major (high wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the centres of the keys and the reference axis; and whether:

| (b) | The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The minor (low wattage) filament is correctly positioned relative to the major (high wattage) filament, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

Test procedure and requirements.

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the major filament is seen on the screen on which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of that filament shall be obtained within the angular displacement tolerance limits.

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical, the reference key to the right and the major filament seen end-on:

| 2.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 2.2. | The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

The projection of the minor filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of width ‘c’ and height ‘d’ having its centre at a distance ‘u’ above the theoretical position of the centre of the major filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp being placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to axis of the major filament:

| 3.1. | The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament; |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the major filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, centred on the theoretical position of the centre of the filament;

| 3.2. | The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis; |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the major filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis;

| 3.3. | The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps). |
| --- | --- |

3.3.

The centre of the minor filament axis shall not be offset from the reference axis by more than ± 2 mm (± 0,4 mm for standard filament lamps).

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/3

CATEGORY WT21/7W AND WTY21/7W — Sheet WT21/7W/3

Side Elevation

Image 207

| Reference | a | b | c | d | u |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 3,0 | 4,8 | 5,1 |

Reference

a

b

c

d

u

Dimensions

3,5

3,0

4,8

5,1

Front Elevation

Image 208

| Reference | a | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimensions | 3,5 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

h

k

Dimensions

3,5

9,5

1,0

CATEGORY WY2.3W — Sheet WY2.3W/1

CATEGORY WY2.3W — Sheet WY2.3W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp

Image 209

20 max.

14,5 max.

(2)

Ø 5 max.

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | 10,3 | 10,8 | 11,3 | 10,8 ± 0,3 |
| Lateral deviation (204) | | | 1,0 | 0,5 max |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap W2x4.6d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-94-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 2,3 | 2,3 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 2,5 max. | 2,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 11,2 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V | White: 18,6 lm |
| Amber: 11,2 lm |
| (2) | The light emitted from production lamps shall be amber (see also footnote 3). |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

10,3

10,8

11,3

10,8 ± 0,3

Lateral deviation (204)

204

1,0

0,5 max

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0° ± 5°

Cap W2x4.6d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-94-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

2,3

2,3

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

2,5 max.

2,5 max.

Luminous flux

11,2 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V

White: 18,6 lm

Amber: 11,2 lm

(2)

2

The light emitted from production lamps shall be amber (see also footnote 3).

| (3) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white. |
| --- | --- |

(3)

3

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white.

CATEGORY WY21W — Sheet WY21W/1

CATEGORY WY21W — Sheet WY21W/1

The drawings are intended only to illustrate the essential dimensions (in mm) of the filament lamp.

Image 210

43 max.

4,5 max.

(2)

Ø 20,5 max.

Reference boss

Reference axis

Reference plane

| Dimensions in mm | Filament lamps of normal production | Standard filament lamp |
| --- | --- | --- |
| min. | nom. | max. | |
| e | | 29,0  (206) | | 29,0 ± 0,3 |
| f | | | 7,5 | 7,5 + 0/– 2 |
| Lateral deviation (205) | | | (206) | 0,5 max. |
| β | –15 ° | 0 ° | + 15° | 0° ± 5° |
| Cap WX3x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-105-2) |
| ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS |
| Rated values | Volts | 12 | 12 |
| Watts | 21 | 21 |
| Test voltage | Volts | 13,5 | 13,5 |
| Objective values | Watts | 26,5 max. | 26,5 max. |
| Luminous flux | 280 ± 20 % | |
| Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V: | White: 460 lm |
| Amber: 280 lm |
| (3) | To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet WY21W/2. |

Dimensions in mm

Filament lamps of normal production

Standard filament lamp

min.

nom.

max.

e

29,0  (206)

206

29,0 ± 0,3

f

7,5

7,5 + 0/– 2

Lateral deviation (205)

205

(206)

206

0,5 max.

β

–15 °

0 °

+ 15°

0° ± 5°

Cap WX3x16d in accordance with IEC Publication 60061 (sheet 7004-105-2)

ELECTRICAL AND PHOTOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS

Rated values

Volts

12

12

Watts

21

21

Test voltage

Volts

13,5

13,5

Objective values

Watts

26,5 max.

26,5 max.

Luminous flux

280 ± 20 %

Reference luminous flux at approximately 13,5 V:

White: 460 lm

Amber: 280 lm

(3)

3

To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet WY21W/2.

| (4) | The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white. |
| --- | --- |

(4)

4

The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white.

CATEGORY WY21W — Sheet WY21W/2

CATEGORY WY21W — Sheet WY21W/2

Screen projection requirements

This test is used to determine, by checking whether the filament is correctly positioned relative to the reference axis and reference plane and has an axis perpendicular, within ± 15°, to the plane through the axis X-X and the reference axis, whether a filament lamp complies with the requirements.

| Side elevation | Front elevation |
| --- | --- |
| |

Side elevation

Front elevation

Image 211

| Reference | a | b | h | k |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Dimension | 3,5 | 3,0 | 9,5 | 1,0 |

Reference

a

b

h

k

Dimension

3,5

3,0

9,5

1,0

Test procedures and requirements

1.   The filament lamp is placed in a holder capable of being rotated about its axis and having either a calibrated scale or fixed stops corresponding to the angular displacement tolerance limits, i.e. ± 15°. The holder is then so rotated that an end view of the filament is seen on the screen on to which the image of the filament is projected. The end view of the filament shall be obtained within the angular displacements tolerance limits (± 15°).

2.   Side elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down, the reference axis vertical and the filament seen end-on, the projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘b’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

3.   Front elevation

The filament lamp placed with the cap down and the reference axis vertical, the filament lamp being viewed in a direction at right angles to the filament axis:

| 3.1. | The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

3.1.

The projection of the filament shall lie entirely within a rectangle of height ‘a’ and width ‘h’, having its centre at the theoretical position of the centre of the filament.

| 3.2. | The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis. |
| --- | --- |

3.2.

The centre of the filament shall not be offset by more than distance ‘k’ from the reference axis.

---

(*1)  Tables, Electrical and Photometric characteristics:

*1

| | Voltage is expressed in V; |
| --- | --- |

Voltage is expressed in V;

| | Wattage is expressed in W; |
| --- | --- |

Wattage is expressed in W;

| | Luminous flux is expressed in lm. |
| --- | --- |

Luminous flux is expressed in lm.

In case a category of filament lamp has more than one value of reference luminous flux specified, the value of approximately 12 V for approval of a lighting device and 13,5 V for approval of a light-signalling device shall be applied unless otherwise specified by the regulation used for the approval of the device.

(1)

1

| (*2) | Not for use in passing beam headlamps. |
| --- | --- |

(*2)

*2

Not for use in passing beam headlamps.

(2)

2

| (*3) | Not for use in front fog lamps marked ‘B’ as defined in Regulation No 19. |
| --- | --- |

(*3)

*3

Not for use in front fog lamps marked ‘B’ as defined in Regulation No 19.

(3)

3

| (*4) | Not for use in Regulation No 112 headlamps. |
| --- | --- |

(*4)

*4

Not for use in Regulation No 112 headlamps.

(4)

4

| (*5) | Not for use in headlamps other than Regulation No 113 class C headlamps. |
| --- | --- |

(*5)

*5

Not for use in headlamps other than Regulation No 113 class C headlamps.

(5)

5

| (*6) | All types except from 6 V type. |
| --- | --- |

(*6)

*6

All types except from 6 V type.

(6)

6

| (*7) | 6 V types only. |
| --- | --- |

(*7)

*7

6 V types only.

(7)

7

| (*8) | Only for use in signalling lamps, cornering lamps, reversing lamps and rear registration plate lamps. |
| --- | --- |

(*8)

*8

Only for use in signalling lamps, cornering lamps, reversing lamps and rear registration plate lamps.

(1)  This dimension corresponds to a distance between two apertures of 3,5 mm diameter each bearing against one of the caps.

1

(2)  The filament shall be housed in a cylinder 19 mm long co-axial with the filament lamp and placed symmetrically about the filament lamp centre.

2

The diameter of the cylinder is for 6 V and 12 V filament lamps: d + 4 mm (for standard filament lamps: d + 2 mm) and for 24 V filament lamps: d + 5 mm, ‘d’ being the nominal diameter of the filament as stated by the manufacturer.

(3)  The deviation of the filament centre from the centre of the filament lamp shall not be more than ± 2,0 mm (for standard filament lamps: ± 0,5 mm) measured in the direction of the reference axis.

3

(4)  4,5 mm for 6 V filament lamps.

4

(5)  16,5 mm for 24 V filament lamps.

5

(6)  This dimension corresponds to a distance between two apertures of 3,5 mm diameter.

6

(7)  The position of the filament is checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet C21W/2.

7

(8)  The eccentricity is measured only in the horizontal and vertical directions of the filament lamp as shown in the figure. The points to be measured are those where the projections of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

8

(9)  The viewing direction is the perpendicular to the reference axis contained in the plane defined by the reference axis and the centre of the second pin of the cap.

9

(10)  Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured at 27,5 mm from the reference plane.

10

(11)  d: diameter of filament.

11

(12)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’, sheet H1/3.

12

(13)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is as defined in footnote 6 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the reference axis (special instructions for coiled-coil filaments are under consideration).

13

(14)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet H3/4.

14

(15)  For standard filament lamps the points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

15

(16)  The positions of the first and the last turn of the filament are defined by the intersections of the outside of the first and of the last light emitting turn, respectively, with the plane parallel to and 18 mm distant from the reference plane. (Additional instructions for coiled-coil filament are under consideration).

16

(17)  The value indicated in the left hand column relate to the driving beam filament. Those indicated in the right-hand column relate to the passing beam filament.

17

(18)  Measuring luminous flux for measuring according to paragraph 3.9 of this Regulation.

18

(*2)  
  ‘.../26’ means dimension to be measured at the distance from the reference plane indicated in mm after the stroke.

*2

(*3)  
  ‘29,5 mv’ or ‘30,0 mv’ means the value measured at a distance of 29,5 or 30,0 mm from the reference plane.

*3

(19)  The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle. For coiled-coil filaments, the turns are defined by the envelope of the primary coil.

19

(20)  For the passing beam filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under footnote 11.

20

(21)  
  ‘e’ denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the passing beam filament as defined above.

21

(22)  For the driving beam filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 0,8 mm below it, with the end turns defined under footnote 11.

22

(23)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H7/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis. (Special instructions for coiled-coil filaments are under consideration).

23

(24)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’, sheet H7/4.

24

(25)  The offset of the filament with respect to the reference axis is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 in sheet H7/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

25

(26)  Offset of filament in relation to bulb axis measured in two planes parallel to the reference plane where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

26

(27)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H8/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

27

(28)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’; sheet H8/4.

28

(29)  The viewing direction is direction A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H9/1.

29

(30)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is as defined in footnote 9 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

30

(31)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’; sheet H9/4.

31

(32)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H9/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

32

(33)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring removed.

33

(34)  The viewing direction is direction (*4) B as shown in the figure on sheet H10/1.

34

*4

(35)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction (*4) as defined in footnote 9 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

35

*4

(36)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheet H10/3 (*4).

36

*4

(37)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions (*4) A and B as shown in the figure on sheet H10/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

37

*4

(*4)  Manufacturers may choose another set of perpendicular viewing directions. The viewing directions specified by the manufacturer are to be used by the testing laboratory when checking filament dimensions and position.

*4

(38)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is View A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H11/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

38

(39)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’; sheet H11/4.

39

(40)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring removed.

40

(41)  The viewing direction is direction A as shown in the figure on sheet H12/1.

41

(42)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction as defined in footnote 9 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

42

(43)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet H12/3.

43

(44)  Dimensions h1 and h2 are measured in viewing direction A, dimension h3 in direction C and dimension h4 in direction B as shown in the figure on sheet H12/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

44

(45)  Dimension k is measured only in viewing direction A.

45

(46)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown on sheet H13/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

46

(47)  d1 is the actual diameter of the passing beam filament. d2 is the actual diameter of the driving beam filament.

47

(48)  The values indicated in the left-hand columns relate to the passing beam filament and those indicated in the right-hand columns to the driving beam filament.

48

(49)  The ends of the filaments are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H14/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filaments axis.

49

(50)  
  ‘f1’ represents the length of the passing beam filament and ‘f2’ represents the length of the driving beam filament.

50

(51)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box system’; sheet H14/4.

51

(52)  The values indicated in the left-hand columns relate to the low wattage filament. Those indicated in the right-hand columns relate to the high wattage filament.

52

(*5)  
  ‘.../26,0’ means dimension to be measured at the distance from the reference plane indicated in mm after the stroke.

*5

(*6)  
  ‘31,0 mv’ means the value measured at a distance of 31,0 mm from the reference plane.

*6

(53)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown in Figure 1 on sheet H16/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

53

(54)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’; sheet H16/4.

54

(*7)  
  ‘.../25,0’means dimension to be measured at the distance from the reference plane indicated in mm after the stroke.

*7

(*8)  
  ‘29,5’mv means the value measured at a distance of 29,5 mm from the reference plane.

*8

(55)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

55

(56)  In the area between the outer legs of the angles γ1 and γ2, the bulb shall have no optically distorting areas and the curvature of the bulb shall have a radius not less than 50 per cent of the actual bulb diameter.

56

(57)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

57

(58)  In the area between the outer legs of the angles γ1 and γ2, the bulb shall have no optically distorting areas and the curvature of the bulb shall have a radius not less than 50 per cent of the actual bulb diameter.

58

(59)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box system’, sheet H21W/2.

59

(60)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

60

(61)  The lateral deviation with respect to the plane perpendicular to axis X-X is measured in the position described in paragraph 1. of the test procedure specified on sheet H21W/2.

61

(62)  In the area between the outer legs of the angles γ1 and γ2, the bulb shall have no optical distorting areas and the curvature of the bulb shall have a radius not less than 50 per cent of the actual bulb diameter.

62

(63)  Glass bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles γ1 and γ2. This requirement applies to the whole bulb circumference within the angles γ1 and γ2.

63

(64)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’, sheet H27W/3.

64

(65)  For standard filament lamps, the points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

65

(66)  The ends of the filament are defined by the intersections of the outside of the first and of the last light emitting turn, respectively, with the plane parallel to and 31,75 mm from the reference plane.

66

(67)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions (*9) A and B as shown in the figure on sheet HB3/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

67

*9

(68)  The viewing direction is direction (*9) B as shown in the figure on sheet HB3/1.

68

*9

(69)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet HB3/4 (*9).

69

*9

(70)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction (*9) as defined in footnote 9 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

70

*9

(71)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring removed.

71

(72)  Filament lamp HB3 shall be equipped with the right-angle cap and filament lamp HB3A with the straight cap.

72

(*9)  Manufacturers may choose another set of perpendicular viewing directions. The viewing directions specified by the manufacturer are to be used by the testing laboratory when checking filament dimensions and position.

*9

(73)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions (*10) A and B as shown in the figure on sheet HB4/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

73

*10

(74)  The viewing direction is direction (*10) B as shown in the figure on sheet HB4/1.

74

*10

(75)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet HB4/4 (*10).

75

*10

(76)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction (*10) as defined in footnote 10 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

76

*10

(77)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring removed.

77

(78)  Filament lamp HB4 shall be equipped with the right-angle cap and filament lamp HB4A with the straight cap.

78

(*10)  Manufacturers may choose another set of perpendicular viewing directions. The viewing directions specified by the manufacturer are to be used by the testing laboratory when checking filament dimensions and position.

*10

(79)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in the figure on sheet HIR1/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

79

(80)  The viewing direction is direction B as shown in the figure on sheet HIR1/1.

80

(81)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet HIR1/3.

81

(82)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction as defined in footnote 8 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

82

(83)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring mounted.

83

(84)  The eccentricity is measured only in viewing directions A and B as shown in the figure on sheet HIR2/1. The points to be measured are those where the projection of the outside of the end turns nearest to or furthest from the reference plane crosses the filament axis.

84

(85)  The viewing direction is direction B as shown in the figure on sheet HIR2/1.

85

(86)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet HIR2/3.

86

(87)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction as defined in footnote 8 above, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

87

(88)  Dimensions shall be checked with O-ring removed.

88

(89)  The values indicated in the left hand column relate to the driving beam. Those indicated in the right-hand column relate to the passing beam.

89

(90)  Measuring luminous flux according to paragraph 3.9 of this Regulation.

90

(*11)  
  ‘.../26’ means dimension to be measured at the distance from the reference plane indicated in mm after the stroke.

*11

(*12)  
  ‘29,5 mv’ means the value measured at a distance of 29,5 mm from the reference plane.

*12

(*13)  The end turns of the filament are defined as being the first luminous turn and the last luminous turn that are at substantially the correct helix angle. For coiled-coil filaments, the turns are defined by the envelope of the primary coil.

*13

(*14)  For the passing beam filament, the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of the lateral edge of the shield with the outside of the end turns defined under footnote 11.

*14

(*15)  
  ‘e’ denotes the distance from the reference plane to the beginning of the passing beam filament as defined above.

*15

(*16)  For the driving beam filament the points to be measured are the intersections, seen in direction 1, of a plane, parallel to plane H-H and situated at a distance of 0,8 mm below it, with the end turns defined under footnote 11.

*16

(91)  To be checked by means of the ‘box system’, sheet HS2/3.

91

(92)  In order to avoid rapid filament failure, the supply voltage shall not exceed 8,5 V for 6 V filament lamps and 15 V for 12 V types.

92

(93)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’. Sheet HS5/4.

93

(94)  The positions of the first and the last turn of the filament are defined by the intersections of the outside of the first and the outside of the last light-emitting turn, respectively, with the plane parallel to and 26 mm distant from the reference plane.

94

(95)  The positions of the first and the last turn of the filament are defined by the intersections of the outside of the first and the outside of the last light-emitting turn, respectively, with the plane parallel to and 26 mm distant from the reference plane.

95

(96)  The values indicated in the left-hand columns relate to the driving beam filament and those indicated in the right-hand columns to the passing beam filament.

96

(97)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is direction A as shown on sheet HS6/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

97

(98)  d1 is the actual diameter of the passing beam filament.

98

d2 is the actual diameter of the driving beam filament.

(99)  The values indicated in the left-hand columns relate to the driving beam filament and those in the right-hand columns to the passing beam filament.

99

(100)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet P13W/3.

100

(101)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is perpendicular to the plane through the filament lead-in wires, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

101

(102)  No part of the cap beyond the reference plane shall interfere with angle α2 as shown in Figure 1 on sheet P13W/1. The bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles α1+ α2.

102

2

1

2

These requirements apply to the whole bulb circumference.

(103)  For categories PS19W, PSY19W and PSR19W, dimensions may be checked with O-ring removed to assure the correct mounting during testing.

103

(104)  The filament position is checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet P19W/3.

104

(105)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is perpendicular to the plane through the filament lead-in wires as showed in the drawing on sheet P19W/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

105

(106)  No part of the cap beyond the reference plane shall interfere with angle α. The bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angle 2α + 180°.

106

(107)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for categories P19W, PS19W and PW19W; white or amber for categories PY19W, PSY19W and PWY19W; white or red for categories PR19W, PSR19W and PWR19W.

107

(108)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the pins.

108

(109)  Filament lamps with cap BA15d may be used for special purposes; they have the same dimensions.

109

(110)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet P21W/2.

110

(111)  These dimensions shall be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’
   (113) based on the dimensions and tolerances shown above. ‘x’ and ‘y’ refer to the major (high-wattage) filament, not to the reference axis. Means of increasing the positioning accuracy of the filament and of the cap-holder assembly are under consideration.

111

113

(112)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

112

(113)  The ‘Box-System’ is the same as for filament lamp P21/5W.

113

(114)  For categories PS24W, PSX24W, PSY24W and PSR24W, dimensions may be checked with O-ring removed to assure the correct mounting during testing.

114

(115)  The filament position is checked by means of a ‘box-system’; sheet P24W/3.

115

(116)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is perpendicular to the plane through the filament lead-in wires as showed in the drawing on sheet P24W/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

116

(117)  No part of the cap beyond the reference plane shall interfere with angle α. The bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angle 2α + 180°.

117

(118)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for categories P24W, PX24W, PS24W, PSX24W and PW24W; white or amber for categories PY24W, PSY24W and PWY24W; white or red for categories PR24W, PSR24W and PWR24W.

118

(119)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

119

(120)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box System’, sheet P27W/2.

120

(121)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

121

(122)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets P27/7W/2 and 3.

122

(123)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor (low wattage) filament with respect to the axis of the major (high wattage) filament.

123

(124)  The filament position is checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet PC16W/3.

124

(125)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is perpendicular to the plane through the filament lead-in wires as showed in the drawing on sheet PC16W/1, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

125

(126)  No part of the cap beyond the reference plane shall interfere with angle. The bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angle 2α + 180°.

126

(127)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category PC16W and PW16W; white or amber for category PCY16W and PWY16W; white or red for category PCR16W and PWR16W.

127

(128)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

128

(129)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheet P21W/2.

129

(130)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red.

130

(131)  These dimensions shall be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’
   (133) based on the dimensions and tolerances shown above. ‘x’ and ‘y’ refer to the major (high-wattage) filament, not to the reference axis. Means of increasing the positioning accuracy of the filament and of the cap-holder assembly are under consideration.

131

133

(132)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

132

(133)  The ‘Box-System’ is the same as for filament lamp P21/5W.

133

(134)  The 24-Volt filament lamp is not recommended for future embodiments.

134

(135)  The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 6).

135

(136)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red.

136

(137)  See footnote 1 on sheet P21/5W/2.

137

(138)  See footnote 2 on sheet P21/5W/2.

138

(139)  See footnote 3 on sheet P21/5W/2.

139

(140)  The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be red (see also footnote 5).

140

(141)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red.

141

(142)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

142

(143)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets P27/7W/2 and 3.

143

(144)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor (low wattage) filament with respect to the axis of the major (high wattage) filament.

144

(145)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or red.

145

(146)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet PSX26W/3.

146

(147)  The ends of the filament are defined as the points where, when the viewing direction is perpendicular to the plane through the filament lead-in wires, the projection of the outside of the end turns crosses the filament axis.

147

(148)  No part of the cap beyond the reference plane shall interfere with angle a2 as shown in Figure 1 on sheet PSX26W/1. The bulb shall be optically distortion free within the angles a1 + a2.

148

These requirements apply to the whole bulb circumference.

(149)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

149

(150)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet P21W/2.

150

(151)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white.

151

(152)  These dimensions shall be checked by means of a ‘box-system’. See sheets PY21/5W/2 and PY21/5W/3. ‘x’ and ‘y’ refer to the major (high-wattage) filament, not to the reference axis.

152

(153)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

153

(154)  The light emitted from normal production lamps shall be amber (see also note 4).

154

(155)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white or amber.

155

(156)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

156

(157)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets P27/7W/2 and 3.

157

(158)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor (low wattage) filament with respect to the axis of the major (high wattage) filament.

158

(159)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be amber or white.

159

(160)  The values indicated on the left and on the right refer to the driving beam filament and the passing beam filament respectively.

160

(161)  Measuring luminous flux for measurements according to paragraph 3.9. of this Regulation.

161

(162)  The position and dimensions of the shield and filaments shall be checked by means of the method of measurement as described in IEC Publication 60809.

162

(163)  To be measured at the distance from the reference plane indicated in millimetres behind the stroke.

163

(164)  mv = measured value.

164

(165)  The angle is only for shield design and has not to be checked on finished filament lamps.

165

(166)  Filament lamps with cap BA15d may be used for special purposes; they have the same dimensions.

166

(167)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

167

(168)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category R5W; white or red for category RR5W.

168

(169)  Within RR5W no 6 V rated voltage type specified.

169

(170)  Filament lamps R10W with cap BA15d may be used for special purposes; they have the same dimensions.

170

(171)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of the reference pin.

171

(172)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category R10W; white or amber for category RY10W; white or red for category RR10W.

172

(173)  Within RR10W no 6 V rated voltage type specified.

173

(174)  Dimensions a, b, c and refer to a plane parallel to the reference plane and cutting the two edges of the shield at a distance of e + 1,5 mm.

174

(175)  Admissible angular deviation of the shield plane position from the normal position.

175

(176)  Values in the left-hand column refer to the driving beam filament. Values in the right-hand column to the passing beam filament.

176

(177)  Distance related to the luminous centre.

177

(178)  Lateral deviation of filament axis with respect to the reference axis. It is sufficient to check this deviation in two mutually perpendicular planes.

178

(179)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

179

(180)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis of pins.

180

(181)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

181

(182)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

182

(183)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

183

(184)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category W5W; white or amber for category WY5W; white or red for category WR5W.

184

(185)  Within WR5W no 6 V rated voltage type specified.

185

(186)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

186

(187)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheets W15/5W/2 and 3.

187

(188)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

188

(189)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor filament with respect to the axis of the major filament.

189

(190)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X

190

(191)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

191

(192)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; see sheet W21W/2.

192

(193)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheets W21/5W/2 and 3.

193

(194)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

194

(195)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor filament with respect to the axis of the major filament.

195

(196)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

196

(197)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheet WP21W/2.

197

(198)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’; sheets W21/5W/2 and 3.

198

(199)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

199

(200)  
  ‘x’ and ‘y’ denote the offset of the axis of the minor filament with respect to the axis of the major filament.

200

(201)  Maximum lateral deviation of the major (high wattage) filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing the axis through the reference keys.

201

(202)  To be checked by means of a ‘Box-System’, sheets WT21W/2.

202

(203)  The light emitted from standard filament lamps shall be white for category WT21W and white or amber for category WTY21W.

203

(204)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

204

(205)  Maximum lateral deviation of filament centre from two mutually perpendicular planes both containing the reference axis and one containing axis X-X.

205

(206)  The light emitted from filament lamps of normal production shall be amber (see also footnote 4).

206

---

ANNEX 2

COMMUNICATION

(Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm))

Image 212

issued by:

Name of administration

Concerning (2):

Approval granted

Approval extended

Approval refused

Approval withdrawn

Production definitively discontinued

of a type of filament lamp pursuant to Regulation No 37

Approval No ...

Extension No ...

1. Trade name or mark of the device: ...

2. Manufacturer's name for the type of device: ...

3. Manufacturer's name and address: ...

4. If applicable, name and address of manufacturer's representative: ...

5. Submitted for approval on: ...

6. Technical Service responsible for conducting approval tests: ...

7. Date of report issued by that Service: ...

8. Number of report issued by that Service: ...

9. Concise description: ...

Category of filament lamp: ...

Rated voltage: ...

Rated wattage: ...

Colour of the light emitted: White/selective-yellow/amber/red (2)

Colour coating on glass bulb: yes/no (2)

Halogen filament lamp: yes/no (2)

10. Position of the approval mark: ...

11. Reason(s) for extension (if applicable): ...

12. Approval granted/refused/extended/withdrawn (2):

(1) Distinguishing number of the country which has granted/extended/refused/withdrawn approval (see approval provisions in the Regulation).

(2) Strike out what does not apply.

Image 213

13. Place: ...

14. Date: ...

15. Signature: ...

16. The following documents, bearing the approval mark shown above, are available on request:

---

ANNEX 3

EXAMPLE OF THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE APPROVAL MARK

(see paragraph 2.4.3)

a= 2,5 mm min

The above approval mark affixed to a filament lamp indicates that the lamp has been approved in the United Kingdom (E11) under the approval code A01.

The first character of the approval code indicates that the approval was granted in accordance with the requirements of Regulation No 37 as amended by the 02 and 03 (*1) series of amendments.

---

(*1)  Not requiring changes in the approval number.

---

ANNEX 4

LUMINOUS CENTRE AND SHAPES OF FILAMENT LAMPS

Save as possibly otherwise stated on the filament lamp data sheets, this standard is applicable to the determination of the luminous centre of different filament shapes.

The position of the luminous centre depends upon the filament shape.

| No | Filament shapes | Observations |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1 | | With b > 1,5 h, the deviation of the filament axis with respect to a plane normal to the reference axis shall not exceed 15° |
| 2 | | Only applicable to filaments which can be inscribed in a rectangle of b > 3h. |
| 3 | | Applicable to filaments which can be inscribed in a rectangle of b 3h, whereby, however, k < 2h. |

No

Filament shapes

Observations

1

Image 215

With b > 1,5 h, the deviation of the filament axis with respect to a plane normal to the reference axis shall not exceed 15°

2

Image 216

Only applicable to filaments which can be inscribed in a rectangle of b > 3h.

3

Image 217

Applicable to filaments which can be inscribed in a rectangle of b 3h, whereby, however, k < 2h.

The side lines of the circumscribed rectangles in Nos 2 and 3 are parallel and perpendicular, respectively, to the reference axis.

The luminous centre is the intersection of the dash-dot lines.

The drawings are intended only to demonstrate the essential dimensions.

---

ANNEX 5

CHECKING THE COLOUR OF FILAMENT LAMPS

1.   GENERAL

| 1.1. | Measurements shall be made on finished lamps. Filament lamps with secondary (outer) bulb acting as colour filter shall be handled as filament lamp with primary bulb. |
| --- | --- |

1.1.

| 1.2. | Tests shall be made at an ambient temperature of 23 °C ± 5 °C. |
| --- | --- |

1.2.

| 1.3. | Tests shall be made at test voltage(s) as specified in the relevant lamp data sheet. |
| --- | --- |

1.3.

| 1.4. | Filament lamps shall be measured preferably in the normal operating position. In case of dual filament lamps the high wattage (major or driving beam) filament shall be operated only. |
| --- | --- |

1.4.

| 1.5. | Before starting a test, the stabilisation of the temperature of the filament lamp shall be obtained by operating at test voltage for 10 minutes. In the case of filament lamps, for which more than one test voltage is specified, the relevant test voltage value shall be used for achieving stabilisation. |
| --- | --- |

1.5.

2.   COLOUR

| 2.1. | Colour tests shall be made with a measuring system that determines CIE trichromatic co-ordinates of the received light with an accuracy of ± 0,002. |
| --- | --- |

2.1.

| 2.2. | The trichromatic coordinates shall be measured with a colourimetric receiver integrating over a right circular cone subtending an angle of minimum 5° and maximum 15°, at the centre of the filament. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.

| 2.3. | Measuring directions (see the figure below).






  2.3.1. | Initially, the receiver shall be positioned perpendicular to the lamp axis and to the filament axis (or plane in case of a curved filament). After measurement the receiver shall be moved around the filament lamp in bi-directional steps of about 30° until the area specified in paragraphs 2.3.2 or 2.3.3 is covered. In each position a measurement shall be made. However, no measurement shall be made when:






  (a) | The centreline of the receiver coincides with the filament axis; or |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |

2.3.

2.3.1.

Initially, the receiver shall be positioned perpendicular to the lamp axis and to the filament axis (or plane in case of a curved filament). After measurement the receiver shall be moved around the filament lamp in bi-directional steps of about 30° until the area specified in paragraphs 2.3.2 or 2.3.3 is covered. In each position a measurement shall be made. However, no measurement shall be made when:

(a)

The centreline of the receiver coincides with the filament axis; or

| (b) | The line of sight between the receiver and the filament is blocked by opaque (non-transmitting) parts of the light source, such as lead wires or a second filament, if any. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The line of sight between the receiver and the filament is blocked by opaque (non-transmitting) parts of the light source, such as lead wires or a second filament, if any.

| 2.3.2. | For filament lamps used in headlamps, measurements shall be made in directions around the filament lamp with the centreline of the receiver aperture located within an angle ± 30°, from the plane perpendicular to the lamp axis with the origin in the centre of the filament. In case of filament lamps with two filaments, the centre of the driving beam filament shall be taken. |
| --- | --- |

2.3.2.

For filament lamps used in headlamps, measurements shall be made in directions around the filament lamp with the centreline of the receiver aperture located within an angle ± 30°, from the plane perpendicular to the lamp axis with the origin in the centre of the filament. In case of filament lamps with two filaments, the centre of the driving beam filament shall be taken.

| 2.3.3. | For filament lamps used in light signalling devices, measurements shall be made in directions around the filament lamp with exception of:






  (a) | The area claimed or covered by the cap of the filament lamp; and |
| --- | --- | --- |

2.3.3.

For filament lamps used in light signalling devices, measurements shall be made in directions around the filament lamp with exception of:

(a)

The area claimed or covered by the cap of the filament lamp; and

| (b) | The immediate transition area along the cap. |
| --- | --- |

(b)

The immediate transition area along the cap.

In case of filament lamps with two filaments, the centre of the major filament shall be taken.

In case of filament lamp categories with a defined distortion-free angle, the measurement shall be done only within the defined angle.

Figure illustrating the positions of colourimetric receiver

Image 218

Filament lamps for headlamps

Centreline of receiver shall move within angle a and around the filament lamp

Image 219

Filament lamps for light signalling devices

Receiver shall move around filament but aperture shall not overlap any cap or base part and its immediate transition area.

In case of filament lamp categories with a defined distortion-free angle, the measurement shall be done only within the defined angle.

---

ANNEX 6

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES BY THE MANUFACTURER

1.   GENERAL

The conformity requirements shall be considered satisfied from a photometric, geometrical, visual and electrical standpoint if the specified tolerances for production filament lamps in the relevant data sheet of Annex 1 and the relevant data sheet for the caps are met.

2.   MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR VERIFICATION OF CONFORMITY BY THE MANUFACTURER

For each type of filament lamp the manufacturer or the holder of the approval mark shall carry out tests, in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation, at appropriate intervals.

2.1.   Nature of tests

Tests of conformity of these specifications shall cover their photometric, geometrical and optical characteristics.

2.2.   Methods used in tests

| 2.2.1. | Tests shall generally be carried out in accordance with the methods set out in this Regulation. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.1.

| 2.2.2. | The application of paragraph 2.2.1 requires regular calibration of test apparatus and its correlation with measurements made by a competent authority. |
| --- | --- |

2.2.2.

2.3.   Nature of sampling

Samples of filament lamps shall be selected at random from the production of a uniform batch. A uniform batch means a set of filament lamps of the same type, defined according to the production methods of the manufacturer.

2.4.   Inspected and recorded characteristics

The filament lamps shall be inspected and test results recorded following the grouping of characteristics as listed in Annex 7, Table 1.

2.5.   Criteria governing acceptability

The manufacturer or the holder of approval is responsible for carrying out a statistical study of the test results in order to meet the specifications laid down for verification of conformity of production in paragraph 4.1 of this Regulation.

Compliance shall be assured if the level of acceptable non-compliance per grouping of characteristics given in Table 1 of Annex 7 is not exceeded. This means that the number of filament lamps not complying with the requirement for any grouping of characteristics of any filament lamp type does not exceed the qualifying limits in the relevant Tables 2, 3 or 4 of Annex 7.

Note: Each individual filament lamp requirement shall be considered as a characteristic.

---

ANNEX 7

SAMPLING AND COMPLIANCE LEVELS FOR MANUFACTURER TEST RECORDS

Table 1

Characteristics

| Grouping of characteristics | Grouping (*1) of test records between lamp types | Minimum 12 monthly sample per grouping (*1) | Acceptable level of non-compliance per grouping of characteristics (%) |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Marking, legibility and durability | All types with the same external dimensions | 315 | 1 |
| Bulb quality | All types with the same bulb | 315 | 1 |
| Colour of the bulb | All types (emitting red and amber light) of the same category and colour technology | 20 | 1 |
| External lamp dimensions (excluding cap/base) | All types of the same category | 200 | 1 |
| Dimensions of caps and bases | All types of the same category | 200 | 6,5 |
| Dimensions related to internal elements (*2) | All lamps of one type | 200 | 6,5 |
| Initial readings, watts and lumens (*2) | All lamps of one type | 200 | 1 |
| Colour endurance test | All lamps (emitting red, amber and white light) of one colour coating technology | 20  (*3) | 1 |

Grouping of characteristics

Grouping (*1) of test records between lamp types

Minimum 12 monthly sample per grouping (*1)

Acceptable level of non-compliance per grouping of characteristics (%)

Marking, legibility and durability

All types with the same external dimensions

315

1

Bulb quality

All types with the same bulb

315

1

Colour of the bulb

All types (emitting red and amber light) of the same category and colour technology

20

1

External lamp dimensions (excluding cap/base)

All types of the same category

200

1

Dimensions of caps and bases

All types of the same category

200

6,5

Dimensions related to internal elements (*2)

All lamps of one type

200

6,5

Initial readings, watts and lumens (*2)

All lamps of one type

200

1

Colour endurance test

All lamps (emitting red, amber and white light) of one colour coating technology

20  (*3)

1

Qualifying limits for acceptance based on different numbers of test results for each grouping of characteristics are listed in Table 2 as maximum number of non-compliance. The limits are based on an acceptable level of 1 per cent of non-compliance, assuming an acceptance probability of at least 0,95.

Table 2
   (*4)

| Number of test results of each characteristics | Qualifying limits for acceptance |
| --- | --- |
| 20 | 0 |
| 21-50 | 1 |
| 51-80 | 2 |
| 81-125 | 3 |
| 126-200 | 5 |
| 201-260 | 6 |
| 261-315 | 7 |
| 316-370 | 8 |
| 371-435 | 9 |
| 436-500 | 10 |
| 501-570 | 11 |
| 571-645 | 12 |
| 646-720 | 13 |
| 721-800 | 14 |
| 801-860 | 15 |
| 861-920 | 16 |
| 921-990 | 17 |
| 991-1 060 | 18 |
| 1 061 -1 125 | 19 |
| 1 126 -1 190 | 20 |
| 1 191 -1 249 | 21 |

Number of test results of each characteristics

Qualifying limits for acceptance

20

0

21-50

1

51-80

2

81-125

3

126-200

5

201-260

6

261-315

7

316-370

8

371-435

9

436-500

10

501-570

11

571-645

12

646-720

13

721-800

14

801-860

15

861-920

16

921-990

17

991-1 060

18

1 061 -1 125

19

1 126 -1 190

20

1 191 -1 249

21

Qualifying limits for acceptance based on different numbers of test results for each grouping of characteristics are listed in Table 3 given as maximum number of non-compliance. The limits are based on an acceptable level of 6,5 per cent of non-compliance, assuming an acceptance probability of at least 0,95.

Table 3

| Number of lamps in records | Qualifying limit |
| --- | --- |
| -200 | 21 |
| 201-213 | 22 |
| 214-227 | 23 |
| 228-240 | 24 |
| 241-254 | 25 |
| 255-268 | 26 |
| 269-281 | 27 |
| 282-295 | 28 |
| 296-308 | 29 |
| 309-322 | 30 |
| 323-336 | 31 |
| 337-349 | 32 |
| 350-363 | 33 |
| 364-376 | 34 |
| 377-390 | 35 |
| 391-404 | 36 |
| 405-417 | 37 |
| 418-431 | 38 |
| 432-444 | 39 |
| 445-458 | 40 |
| 459-472 | 41 |
| 473-485 | 42 |
| 486-499 | 43 |
| 500-512 | 44 |
| 513-526 | 45 |
| 527-540 | 46 |
| 541-553 | 47 |
| 554-567 | 48 |
| 568-580 | 49 |
| 581-594 | 50 |
| 595-608 | 51 |
| 609-621 | 52 |
| 622-635 | 53 |
| 636-648 | 54 |
| 649-662 | 55 |
| 663-676 | 56 |
| 677-689 | 57 |
| 690-703 | 58 |
| 704-716 | 59 |
| 717-730 | 60 |
| 731-744 | 61 |
| 745-757 | 62 |
| 758-771 | 63 |
| 772-784 | 64 |
| 785-798 | 65 |
| 799-812 | 66 |
| 813-825 | 67 |
| 826-839 | 68 |
| 840-852 | 69 |
| 853-866 | 70 |
| 867-880 | 71 |
| 881-893 | 72 |
| 894-907 | 73 |
| 908-920 | 74 |
| 921-934 | 75 |
| 935-948 | 76 |
| 949-961 | 77 |
| 962-975 | 78 |
| 976-988 | 79 |
| 989-1 002 | 80 |
| 1 003 -1 016 | 81 |
| 1 017 -1 029 | 82 |
| 1 030 -1 043 | 83 |
| 1 044 -1 056 | 84 |
| 1 057 -1 070 | 85 |
| 1 071 -1 084 | 86 |
| 1 085 -1 097 | 87 |
| 1 098 -1 111 | 88 |
| 1 112 -1 124 | 89 |
| 1 125 -1 138 | 90 |
| 1 139 -1 152 | 91 |
| 1 153 -1 165 | 92 |
| 1 166 -1 179 | 93 |
| 1 180 -1 192 | 94 |
| 1 193 -1 206 | 95 |
| 1 207 -1 220 | 96 |
| 1 221 -1 233 | 97 |
| 1 234 -1 249 | 98 |

Number of lamps in records

Qualifying limit

-200

21

201-213

22

214-227

23

228-240

24

241-254

25

255-268

26

269-281

27

282-295

28

296-308

29

309-322

30

323-336

31

337-349

32

350-363

33

364-376

34

377-390

35

391-404

36

405-417

37

418-431

38

432-444

39

445-458

40

459-472

41

473-485

42

486-499

43

500-512

44

513-526

45

527-540

46

541-553

47

554-567

48

568-580

49

581-594

50

595-608

51

609-621

52

622-635

53

636-648

54

649-662

55

663-676

56

677-689

57

690-703

58

704-716

59

717-730

60

731-744

61

745-757

62

758-771

63

772-784

64

785-798

65

799-812

66

813-825

67

826-839

68

840-852

69

853-866

70

867-880

71

881-893

72

894-907

73

908-920

74

921-934

75

935-948

76

949-961

77

962-975

78

976-988

79

989-1 002

80

1 003 -1 016

81

1 017 -1 029

82

1 030 -1 043

83

1 044 -1 056

84

1 057 -1 070

85

1 071 -1 084

86

1 085 -1 097

87

1 098 -1 111

88

1 112 -1 124

89

1 125 -1 138

90

1 139 -1 152

91

1 153 -1 165

92

1 166 -1 179

93

1 180 -1 192

94

1 193 -1 206

95

1 207 -1 220

96

1 221 -1 233

97

1 234 -1 249

98

Qualifying limits for acceptance based on different numbers of test results for each grouping of characteristics are listed in Table 4 given as a percentage of the results, assuming an acceptance probability of at least 0,95.

Table 4

| Number of test results of each characteristic | Qualifying limits shown as a percentage of results.
  Acceptable level of 1 % of non-compliance | Qualifying limits shown as a percentage of results.
  Acceptable level of 6,5 % of non-compliance |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1 250 | 1,68 | 7,91 |
| 2 000 | 1,52 | 7,61 |
| 4 000 | 1,37 | 7,29 |
| 6 000 | 1,30 | 7,15 |
| 8 000 | 1,26 | 7,06 |
| 10 000 | 1,23 | 7,00 |
| 20 000 | 1,16 | 6,85 |
| 40 000 | 1,12 | 6,75 |
| 80 000 | 1,09 | 6,68 |
| 100 000 | 1,08 | 6,65 |
| 1 000 000 | 1,02 | 6,55 |

Number of test results of each characteristic

Qualifying limits shown as a percentage of results.

Acceptable level of 1 % of non-compliance

Qualifying limits shown as a percentage of results.

Acceptable level of 6,5 % of non-compliance

1 250

1,68

7,91

2 000

1,52

7,61

4 000

1,37

7,29

6 000

1,30

7,15

8 000

1,26

7,06

10 000

1,23

7,00

20 000

1,16

6,85

40 000

1,12

6,75

80 000

1,09

6,68

100 000

1,08

6,65

1 000 000

1,02

6,55

---

(*1)  The assessment shall in general cover series production filament lamps from individual factories. A manufacturer may group together records concerning the same type from several factories, provided these operate under the same quality system and quality management.

(*2)  In case a filament lamp has more than one inner element (filament, shield) the grouping of characteristics (dimensions, watts, lumens) applies to each element separately.

(*3)  Representative distribution over categories of lamps using the same colour coating technology and finishing, and that comprises lamps of the smallest and the largest diameter of the outer bulb, each at the highest rated wattage.

(*4)  In accordance with ISO 2859-1:1999 ‘Sampling procedures for inspection by attributes — Part 1: Sampling schemes indexed by acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot inspection’ including Technical Corrigendum 1:2001.

---

ANNEX 8

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPOT CHECKS BY THE TYPE APPROVAL AUTHORITY

1.   General

The conformity requirements shall be considered satisfied from a photometric, geometrical, visual and electrical standpoint if the specified tolerances for production filament lamps in the relevant data sheet of Annex 1 and the relevant data sheet for the caps are met.

2.   The conformity of mass-produced filament lamps shall not be contested if the results are in agreement with Annex 9 to this Regulation.

3.   Conformity shall be contested and the manufacturer requested to make the production meet the requirements if the results are not in agreement with Annex 9 to this Regulation.

4.   If paragraph 3 of this Annex is applied, a further sample of 250 filament lamps, selected at random from a recent production run, shall be taken within two months.

---

ANNEX 9

COMPLIANCE APPROVED BY SPOT CHECK

Compliance approved or disapproved shall be decided according to the values in Table 1. For each grouping of characteristics filament lamps shall be either accepted or rejected according to the values in Table 1 (*).

Table 1

| | 1  % (*1) | 6,5  % (*1) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Accept | Reject | Accept | Reject |
| First sample size: 125 | 2 | 5 | 11 | 16 |
| If the number of non-conforming units is greater than 2 (11) and less than 5 (16) take a second sample size of 125 and assess the 250 | 6 | 7 | 26 | 27 |
| (*) | The proposed scheme is designed to assess the compliance of filament lamps to an acceptance level of non-compliance of 1 per cent and 6,5 per cent respectively and is based on the Double Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection in IEC Publication 60410: Sampling Plans and Procedures for Inspection by Attributes. |

1  % (*1)

6,5  % (*1)

Accept

Reject

Accept

Reject

First sample size: 125

2

5

11

16

If the number of non-conforming units is greater than 2 (11) and less than 5 (16) take a second sample size of 125 and assess the 250

6

7

26

27

(*)

The proposed scheme is designed to assess the compliance of filament lamps to an acceptance level of non-compliance of 1 per cent and 6,5 per cent respectively and is based on the Double Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection in IEC Publication 60410: Sampling Plans and Procedures for Inspection by Attributes.

---

(*1)  The filament lamps shall be inspected and test results recorded following the grouping of characteristics as listed in Annex 7, Table 1.

---

ANNEX 10

TRANSLATIONS OF THE TERMS USED IN THE DRAWINGS IN ANNEX 1

| English | |
| --- | --- |
| a = major (high wattage) filament | |
| Auxiliary reference plane | |
| Axis of bulb | |
| Axis of driving beam filament | |
| Axis of high wattage filament | |
| Axis of low wattage filament | |
| Axis of passing beam filament | |
| Axis of the bulb | |
| b = minor (low wattage) filament | |
| Bulb axis | |
| Bulb eccentricity | |
| Bulb offset | |
| Category | |
| Central axis sought | |
| Definition of reference axis | |
| Definition of Z-Z | |
| Definition of Z-Z line | |
| Definition: Ring centre and reference axis | |
| Distortion free area | |
| Distortion free area and black top | |
| Driving | |
| Driving-beam | |
| Driving-beam filament | |
| Driving-beam filament axis | |
| Earth | |
| Enlarged centre of View A | |
| Enlarged centre of View B | |
| Figure | |
| Filament axis | |
| Filament centre | |
| Filament centres | |
| Filament position | |
| Filament position and dimensions | |
| First filament turn | |
| For driving-beam filament | |
| For passing-beam filament | |
| Front elevation | |
| Ground | |
| High wattage | |
| High-wattage filament | |
| Light blocking toward cap | |
| Low wattage | |
| Low-wattage filament | |
| Lug width 3 mm | |
| Main drawing | |
| max | |
| Maximum lamp outline | |
| Metal free zone | |
| Nominal position of lamp holder studs | |
| Obscuration angle limits of cap | |
| Offset of filament | |
| Passing | |
| Passing-beam | |
| Passing-beam filament | |
| Passing beam filament axis | |
| Permissible offset of filament axis | |
| Permissible offset of filament axis (for standard filament lamps only) | |
| Plane C | |
| Position and dimensions of filaments | |
| Position of the filaments | |
| Position of the shield | |
| Reference axis | |
| Reference boss | |
| Reference diameter | |
| Reference key | |
| Reference lug | |
| Reference mark | |
| Reference notch | |
| Reference pin | |
| Reference plane | |
| Ring centre | |
| Second pin | |
| Section A-B | |
| Section D-E | |
| Shield | |
| Side elevation | |
| The drawing is not mandatory with respect to the design of the shield | |
| Top view | |
| Top view of driving-beam filament | |
| Top view of passing-beam filament | |
| Top view of driving-beam and passing-beam filament | |
| Undistorted area and opaque coating | |
| View A | |
| View A of passing-beam filament | |
| View A: measuring h2 | |
| View B | |
| View B of driving-beam filament | |
| View B: measuring k, h1, h3, f | |
| View C | |
| View C: measuring h4 | |
| View from A/View from 1 | |
| View from B/View from 2 | |
| View from C/View from 3 | |
| Views A and C | |
| Views B and C | |
| x mm to reference plane | |
| x to reference plane | |

English

a = major (high wattage) filament

Auxiliary reference plane

Axis of bulb

Axis of driving beam filament

Axis of high wattage filament

Axis of low wattage filament

Axis of passing beam filament

Axis of the bulb

b = minor (low wattage) filament

Bulb axis

Bulb eccentricity

Bulb offset

Category

Central axis sought

Definition of reference axis

Definition of Z-Z

Definition of Z-Z line

Definition: Ring centre and reference axis

Distortion free area

Distortion free area and black top

Driving

Driving-beam

Driving-beam filament

Driving-beam filament axis

Earth

Enlarged centre of View A

Enlarged centre of View B

Figure

Filament axis

Filament centre

Filament centres

Filament position

Filament position and dimensions

First filament turn

For driving-beam filament

For passing-beam filament

Front elevation

Ground

High wattage

High-wattage filament

Light blocking toward cap

Low wattage

Low-wattage filament

Lug width 3 mm

Main drawing

max

Maximum lamp outline

Metal free zone

Nominal position of lamp holder studs

Obscuration angle limits of cap

Offset of filament

Passing

Passing-beam

Passing-beam filament

Passing beam filament axis

Permissible offset of filament axis

Permissible offset of filament axis (for standard filament lamps only)

Plane C

Position and dimensions of filaments

Position of the filaments

Position of the shield

Reference axis

Reference boss

Reference diameter

Reference key

Reference lug

Reference mark

Reference notch

Reference pin

Reference plane

Ring centre

Second pin

Section A-B

Section D-E

Shield

Side elevation

The drawing is not mandatory with respect to the design of the shield

Top view

Top view of driving-beam filament

Top view of passing-beam filament

Top view of driving-beam and passing-beam filament

Undistorted area and opaque coating

View A

View A of passing-beam filament

View A: measuring h2

View B

View B of driving-beam filament

View B: measuring k, h1, h3, f

View C

View C: measuring h4

View from A/View from 1

View from B/View from 2

View from C/View from 3

Views A and C

Views B and C

x mm to reference plane

x to reference plane

---